Compare commits
40
Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
|
dd45c8be9d | ||
|
|
40b3d4d5dd | ||
|
|
25c115b5a8 | ||
|
|
d4ef5a261a | ||
|
|
81a445ad46 | ||
|
|
ca9f2d6210 | ||
|
|
0b56647743 | ||
|
|
f827fd2a9d | ||
|
|
d60bc321ce | ||
|
|
4404292972 | ||
|
|
82ffc550db | ||
|
|
89e3b6811b | ||
|
|
3c53be5e75 | ||
|
|
b7efdfe9bc | ||
|
|
3b0ee42270 | ||
|
|
f163c24b4c | ||
|
|
8f3e8012b1 | ||
|
|
076a7e2839 | ||
|
|
cfe53b8870 | ||
|
|
9efaa4d7f1 | ||
|
|
dc84eca339 | ||
|
|
f15717bcda | ||
|
|
ff316586bc | ||
|
|
109828f090 | ||
|
|
0df05b3515 | ||
|
|
84623a09f2 | ||
|
|
1c0ca80fe5 | ||
|
|
17211d39a0 | ||
|
|
37d6f90099 | ||
|
|
32d6283561 | ||
|
|
b0654427ca | ||
|
|
6e6d624ec3 | ||
|
|
34d3750e3c | ||
|
|
63855497af | ||
|
|
48d0827130 | ||
|
|
1c788e178d | ||
|
|
fe94c1d6c4 | ||
|
|
1192757fb7 | ||
|
|
c76cad8a92 | ||
|
|
42a34d459e |
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
name: Linux Build and Test
|
||||
on: [push]
|
||||
jobs:
|
||||
build:
|
||||
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
|
||||
steps:
|
||||
- name: Checkout
|
||||
uses: actions/checkout@v2
|
||||
- name: Configure
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
mkdir "${HOME}/install dir"
|
||||
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
|
||||
- name: Build
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make all
|
||||
- name: Build Test Harness
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make tcltest
|
||||
- name: Run Tests
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make test
|
||||
- name: Test-Drive Installation
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make install
|
||||
- name: Create Distribution Package
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make dist
|
||||
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make html-tcl
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
name: Linux Build and Test
|
||||
on: [push]
|
||||
jobs:
|
||||
build:
|
||||
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
|
||||
steps:
|
||||
- name: Checkout
|
||||
uses: actions/checkout@v2
|
||||
- name: Configure
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
mkdir "${HOME}/install dir"
|
||||
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
|
||||
- name: Build
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make all
|
||||
- name: Build Test Harness
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make tcltest
|
||||
- name: Run Tests
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make test
|
||||
- name: Test-Drive Installation
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make install
|
||||
- name: Create Distribution Package
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make dist
|
||||
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
|
||||
working-directory: unix
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
make html-tcl
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
name: Windows Build and Test
|
||||
on: [push]
|
||||
jobs:
|
||||
build:
|
||||
runs-on: windows-latest
|
||||
steps:
|
||||
- name: Checkout
|
||||
uses: actions/checkout@v2
|
||||
- name: Init MSVC
|
||||
uses: ilammy/msvc-dev-cmd@v1
|
||||
- name: Build
|
||||
working-directory: win
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
nmake -f makefile.vc all
|
||||
- name: Build Test Harness
|
||||
working-directory: win
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
nmake -f makefile.vc tcltest
|
||||
- name: Run Tests
|
||||
working-directory: win
|
||||
run: |
|
||||
nmake -f makefile.vc test
|
||||
@@ -1,11 +1,26 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<projectDescription>
|
||||
<name>tcl9</name>
|
||||
<name>tcl8</name>
|
||||
<comment></comment>
|
||||
<projects>
|
||||
</projects>
|
||||
<buildSpec>
|
||||
<buildCommand>
|
||||
<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.genmakebuilder</name>
|
||||
<triggers>clean,full,incremental,</triggers>
|
||||
<arguments>
|
||||
</arguments>
|
||||
</buildCommand>
|
||||
<buildCommand>
|
||||
<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigBuilder</name>
|
||||
<triggers>full,incremental,</triggers>
|
||||
<arguments>
|
||||
</arguments>
|
||||
</buildCommand>
|
||||
</buildSpec>
|
||||
<natures>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cnature</nature>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.managedBuildNature</nature>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigNature</nature>
|
||||
</natures>
|
||||
</projectDescription>
|
||||
|
||||
+40
-6
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ jobs:
|
||||
compiler: gcc
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: linux
|
||||
dist: focal
|
||||
compiler: gcc
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4
|
||||
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: linux
|
||||
dist: focal
|
||||
@@ -91,6 +91,13 @@ jobs:
|
||||
compiler: clang
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- name: "Linux/Clang/Shared:NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: linux
|
||||
dist: xenial
|
||||
compiler: clang
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=unix
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
|
||||
- name: "Linux/Clang/Static"
|
||||
os: linux
|
||||
dist: focal
|
||||
@@ -225,6 +232,15 @@ jobs:
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
env: *vcenv
|
||||
before_install: *vcpreinst
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
@@ -243,6 +259,15 @@ jobs:
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC/StaticPackage"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
env: *vcenv
|
||||
before_install: *vcpreinst
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,staticpkg,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,staticpkg,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Debug"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
@@ -271,6 +296,15 @@ jobs:
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
env: *vcenv
|
||||
before_install: *vcpreinst
|
||||
install: []
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
|
||||
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc test
|
||||
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: cl
|
||||
@@ -319,12 +353,12 @@ jobs:
|
||||
- touch generic/tclStubInit.c generic/tclOOStubInit.c generic/tclOOScript.h
|
||||
- choco install -y make zip
|
||||
- cd ${BUILD_DIR}
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: gcc
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=win
|
||||
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
before_install: *makepreinst
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
@@ -370,12 +404,12 @@ jobs:
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=win
|
||||
before_install: *makepreinst
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
compiler: gcc
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- BUILD_DIR=win
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
|
||||
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
|
||||
before_install: *makepreinst
|
||||
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
|
||||
os: windows
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -3525,7 +3525,7 @@
|
||||
* generic/tclVar.c (Tcl_UnsetObjCmd): Rewrote argument parser to avoid
|
||||
a read off the end of the argument array that could occur when
|
||||
executing something like [unset -nocomplain] was executed. Improved
|
||||
the error message given when too few arguments are given (-nocomplain
|
||||
the error message given when not enough arguments are given (-nocomplain
|
||||
should obviously be *before* --, not after it) and also modified the
|
||||
test suite to take account of that and the documentation to use the
|
||||
same improvement. [Bug 405769]
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,11 +1,21 @@
|
||||
# README: Tcl
|
||||
|
||||
This is the **Tcl 9.0a2** source distribution.
|
||||
This is the **Tcl 8.7a4** source distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
You can get any source release of Tcl from [our distribution
|
||||
site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/).
|
||||
|
||||
[](https://travis-ci.org/tcltk/tcl)
|
||||
8.6.10
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
8.7a4
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
9.0a2
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Amain)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Amain)
|
||||
|
||||
## Contents
|
||||
1. [Introduction](#intro)
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +53,7 @@ and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file
|
||||
## <a id="doc">2.</a> Documentation
|
||||
Extensive documentation is available at our website.
|
||||
The home page for this release, including new features, is
|
||||
[here](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/9.0.html).
|
||||
[here](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html).
|
||||
Detailed release notes can be found at the
|
||||
[file distributions page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/)
|
||||
by clicking on the relevant version.
|
||||
@@ -53,8 +63,8 @@ Xchange](https://www.tcl-lang.org/about/).
|
||||
There have been many Tcl books on the market. Many are mentioned in
|
||||
[the Wiki](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206).
|
||||
|
||||
The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 is [online,
|
||||
here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl9.0/).
|
||||
The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 is [online,
|
||||
here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl8.7/).
|
||||
|
||||
### <a id="doc.unix">2a.</a> Unix Documentation
|
||||
The `doc` subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9120,23 +9120,3 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
|
||||
2019-09-14 [TIP 548] wchar_t conversion functions
|
||||
|
||||
- Released 8.7a3, Nov 21, 2019 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
|
||||
|
||||
Changes to 9.0a1 include all changes to the 8.7 line through 8.7a3,
|
||||
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
|
||||
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
|
||||
|
||||
2017-11-03 [TIP 114] Leading zero integer no longer means octal
|
||||
|
||||
2017-11-03 [TIP 278] Revise variable name resolution, solve "Creative Writing"
|
||||
|
||||
2017-11-03 [TIPs 330,336] Encapsulate struct Tcl_Interp
|
||||
|
||||
2017-11-17 [TIP 422] Remove all Tcl_*VA() routines
|
||||
|
||||
2017-12-15 [TIP 488] Disable magic $::tcl_precision
|
||||
|
||||
2018-10-08 [TIP 494] Increased support for size_t value ranges
|
||||
|
||||
2019-05-31 [TIP 537] 64-bit indices in regexp matching
|
||||
|
||||
- Released 9.0a1, Nov 25, 2019 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ opendir(
|
||||
if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dirp = (DIR *) Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(DIR));
|
||||
dirp = (DIR *) ckalloc(sizeof(DIR));
|
||||
if (dirp == NULL) {
|
||||
/* unreachable? */
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
@@ -106,5 +106,5 @@ closedir(
|
||||
close(dirp->dd_fd);
|
||||
dirp->dd_fd = -1;
|
||||
dirp->dd_loc = 0;
|
||||
Tcl_Free(dirp);
|
||||
ckfree(dirp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ waitpid(
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
prevPtr->nextPtr = waitPtr->nextPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_Free(waitPtr);
|
||||
ckfree(waitPtr);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ waitpid(
|
||||
goto waitAgain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
|
||||
waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
|
||||
waitPtr->pid = result;
|
||||
waitPtr->status = status;
|
||||
waitPtr->nextPtr = deadList;
|
||||
|
||||
+11
-3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
|
||||
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ int
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
|
||||
@@ -58,10 +60,10 @@ unless \fIlength\fR is negative.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
|
||||
A message to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option
|
||||
in the form of a Tcl_Obj value.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The number of bytes to copy from \fImessage\fR when
|
||||
appending to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
|
||||
If TCL_INDEX_NONE, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
|
||||
If negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr in
|
||||
The \fB\-errorcode\fR return option will be set to this value.
|
||||
.AP char *element in
|
||||
@@ -242,6 +244,12 @@ The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
|
||||
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
|
||||
record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
|
||||
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
|
||||
Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
|
||||
This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
|
||||
of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
|
||||
|
||||
+27
-8
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -19,14 +19,29 @@ char *
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR(\fIptr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_Realloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptRealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR(\fIptr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBattemptckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBattemptckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS char *size
|
||||
.AP "unsigned int" size in
|
||||
@@ -64,10 +79,14 @@ allocation fails, these functions will return NULL. Note that on some
|
||||
platforms, but not all, attempting to allocate a zero-sized block of
|
||||
memory will also cause these functions to return NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When a module or Tcl itself is compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined,
|
||||
the procedures \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBTcl_Free\fR, \fBTcl_Realloc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR, and \fBTcl_AttempRealloc\fR are implemented
|
||||
as macros, redefined to be special debugging versions of these procedures.
|
||||
The procedures \fBckalloc\fR, \fBckfree\fR, \fBckrealloc\fR,
|
||||
\fBattemptckalloc\fR, and \fBattemptckrealloc\fR are implemented
|
||||
as macros. Normally, they are synonyms for the corresponding
|
||||
procedures documented on this page. When Tcl and all modules
|
||||
calling Tcl are compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined, however,
|
||||
these macros are redefined to be special debugging versions
|
||||
of these procedures. To support Tcl's memory debugging within a
|
||||
module, use the macros rather than direct calls to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
alloc, allocation, free, malloc, memory, realloc, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-1
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
|
||||
return with an appropriate message. The particular script
|
||||
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR and \fBTcl_VarEval\fR.
|
||||
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
|
||||
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations o
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProcPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **delProcPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to location in which to store address of current deletion procedure
|
||||
for association. Ignored if NULL.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value associated with the given key in this
|
||||
interpreter. This data is owned by the caller.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ int
|
||||
.AS Tcl_AsyncHandler clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_AsyncProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke to handle an asynchronous event.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
One-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_AsyncHandler async in
|
||||
Token for asynchronous event handler.
|
||||
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ type \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIcode\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR(\fIsrc, countPtr\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS char *countPtr out
|
||||
.AP char *src in
|
||||
Pointer to a string starting with a backslash.
|
||||
.AP int *countPtr out
|
||||
If \fIcountPtr\fR is not NULL, \fI*countPtr\fR gets filled
|
||||
in with number of characters in the backslash sequence, including
|
||||
the backslash character.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
|
||||
non-internationalized Tcl extensions. It parses a backslash sequence and
|
||||
returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
|
||||
characters in the backslash sequence.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
|
||||
All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
backslash, parse
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ unsigned char *
|
||||
.AP "const unsigned char" *bytes in
|
||||
The array of bytes used to initialize or set a byte-array value. May be NULL
|
||||
even if \fIlength\fR is non-zero.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
The length of the array of bytes.
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The length of the array of bytes. It must be >= 0.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
|
||||
For \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR, this points to the value to be converted to
|
||||
byte-array type. For \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR and
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Tcl_CallWhenDeleted, Tcl_DontCallWhenDeleted \- Arrange for callback when interp
|
||||
Interpreter with which to associated callback.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
|
||||
For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, only \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR is currently
|
||||
supported. For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, only \fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR and
|
||||
\fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR are currently supported.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Currently reserved for future use.
|
||||
It should be set to NULL.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-3
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Tcl_Channel
|
||||
Interpreter for error reporting.
|
||||
.AP "const Tcl_ChannelType" *typePtr in
|
||||
The new channel I/O procedures to use for \fIchannel\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to channel I/O procedures.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
Conditions under which \fIchannel\fR will be used: OR-ed combination of
|
||||
@@ -49,8 +49,11 @@ I/O channels. Examples include compression and encryption modules. These
|
||||
functions transparently stack and unstack a new channel on top of an
|
||||
existing one. Any number of channels can be stacked together.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version currently supported is
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR. See \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR for details.
|
||||
The implementation of the Tcl channel code was rewritten in 8.3.2 to
|
||||
correct some problems with the previous implementation with regard to
|
||||
stacked channels. Anyone using stacked channels or creating stacked
|
||||
channel drivers should update to the new \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure. See \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR for details.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_StackChannel\fR stacks a new \fIchannel\fR on an existing channel
|
||||
with the same name that was registered for \fIchannel\fR by
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-7
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ Tcl_Object
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR(\fIobject\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectGetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectSetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
|
||||
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectSetMethodNameMapper\fR(\fIobject\fR, \fImethodNameMapper\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS void *metadata in/out
|
||||
.AS ClientData metadata in/out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
|
||||
Interpreter providing the context for looking up or creating an object, and
|
||||
into whose result error messages will be written on failure.
|
||||
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ error messages even when complicated calling patterns are used (e.g., via the
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
|
||||
The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
|
||||
retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *metadata in
|
||||
.AP ClientData metadata in
|
||||
An item of metadata to attach to the class, or NULL to remove the metadata
|
||||
associated with a particular \fImetaTypePtr\fR.
|
||||
.AP "Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc" "methodNameMapper" in
|
||||
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ a class or object.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_ObjectMetadataDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fImetadata\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fImetadata\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fImetadata\fR argument gives the address of the metadata to be
|
||||
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ associated with a class or object.
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIsrcMetadata\fR,
|
||||
void **\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIsrcMetadata\fR,
|
||||
ClientData *\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
|
||||
|
||||
+16
-1
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateChild, Tcl_GetChild, Tcl_GetParent, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
|
||||
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateChild, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetChild, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetParent, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -23,9 +23,18 @@ Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChild\fR(\fIinterp, name, isSafe\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR(\fIinterp, name, isSafe\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChild\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetParent\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
@@ -133,6 +142,8 @@ child in which Tcl code has access only to set of Tcl commands defined as
|
||||
see the manual entry for the Tcl \fBinterp\fR command for details.
|
||||
If the creation of the new child interpreter failed, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_CreateChild\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsSafe\fR returns \fB1\fR if \fIinterp\fR is
|
||||
.QW safe
|
||||
(was created with the \fBTCL_SAFE_INTERPRETER\fR flag specified),
|
||||
@@ -154,10 +165,14 @@ may be a better choice, since it creates interpreters in a known-safe state.
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR. The child interpreter is identified by \fIname\fR.
|
||||
If no such child interpreter exists, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_GetChild\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetParent\fR returns a pointer to the parent interpreter of
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR. If \fIinterp\fR has no parent (it is a
|
||||
top-level interpreter) then \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_GetParent\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR stores in the result of \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
the relative path between \fIinterp\fR and \fIchildInterp\fR;
|
||||
\fIchildInterp\fR must be a child of \fIinterp\fR. If the computation
|
||||
|
||||
+166
-52
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
|
||||
Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelCloseProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChanne
|
||||
Tcl_Channel
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR(\fItypePtr, channelName, instanceData, mask\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelInstanceData\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const Tcl_ChannelType *
|
||||
@@ -75,6 +75,9 @@ Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
@@ -84,6 +87,9 @@ Tcl_DriverInputProc *
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
@@ -122,7 +128,7 @@ by any other channel. Can be NULL, in which case the channel is
|
||||
created without a name. If the created channel is assigned to one
|
||||
of the standard channels (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR),
|
||||
the assigned channel name will be the name of the standard channel.
|
||||
.AP void *instanceData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData instanceData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to be associated with this channel. This
|
||||
value is passed to procedures in \fItypePtr\fR when they are invoked.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
@@ -133,7 +139,7 @@ The channel to operate on.
|
||||
.AP int direction in
|
||||
\fBTCL_READABLE\fR means the input handle is wanted; \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
|
||||
means the output handle is wanted.
|
||||
.AP void **handlePtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *handlePtr out
|
||||
Points to the location where the desired OS-specific handle should be
|
||||
stored.
|
||||
.AP int size in
|
||||
@@ -280,13 +286,16 @@ name is registered in the (thread)-global list of all channels (result
|
||||
(thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
|
||||
Application to a channel still registered in some interpreter
|
||||
is not allowed.
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
|
||||
\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SpliceChannel\fR adds the specified \fIchannel\fR to the
|
||||
(thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
|
||||
Application to a channel registered in some interpreter is not allowed.
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
|
||||
\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ClearChannelHandlers\fR removes all channel handlers and event
|
||||
scripts associated with the specified \fIchannel\fR, thus shutting
|
||||
@@ -306,10 +315,10 @@ The \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure contains the following fields:
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
const char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion \fIversion\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIcloseProc\fR; /* Not used any more*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIseekProc\fR; /* Not used any more */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
@@ -338,8 +347,9 @@ The user should only use the above structure for \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
|
||||
instantiation. When referencing fields in a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
|
||||
structure, the following functions should be used to obtain the values:
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelName\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSetOptionProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelGetOptionProc\fR,
|
||||
@@ -362,9 +372,25 @@ a pointer to the string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
The \fIversion\fR field should be set to the version of the structure
|
||||
that you require. \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR is the minimum supported.
|
||||
that you require. \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR is the minimum recommended.
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR must be set to specify the \fIwideSeekProc\fR member.
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR must be set to specify the \fIthreadActionProc\fR member
|
||||
(includes \fIwideSeekProc\fR).
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR must be set to specify the
|
||||
\fItruncateProc\fR members (includes
|
||||
\fIwideSeekProc\fR and \fIthreadActionProc\fR).
|
||||
If it is not set to any of these, then this
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR is assumed to have the original structure. See
|
||||
\fBOLD CHANNEL TYPES\fR for more details. While Tcl will recognize
|
||||
and function with either structures, stacked channels must be of at
|
||||
least \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR to function correctly.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR.
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR, which returns
|
||||
one of
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR or \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_1\fR.
|
||||
.SS BLOCKMODEPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIblockModeProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
@@ -373,7 +399,7 @@ the generic layer to set blocking and nonblocking mode on the device.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverBlockModeProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImode\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -400,23 +426,22 @@ blocking mode is acceptable to it, and should this also document for
|
||||
the user so that the blocking mode of the channel is not changed to an
|
||||
unacceptable value. Any confusion here may lead the interpreter into a
|
||||
(spurious and difficult to find) deadlock.
|
||||
.SS "CLOSE2PROC"
|
||||
.SS "CLOSEPROC AND CLOSE2PROC"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclose2Proc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
The \fIcloseProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
generic layer to clean up driver-related information when the channel is
|
||||
closed. \fIClose2Proc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
closed. \fICloseProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverClose2Proc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If \fIflags\fR is 0, the \fIinstanceData\fR argument is the same as the value
|
||||
provided to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The function
|
||||
should release any storage maintained by the channel driver for this channel,
|
||||
and close the input and output devices encapsulated by this channel. All queued
|
||||
The \fIinstanceData\fR argument is the same as the value provided to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The function should
|
||||
release any storage maintained by the channel driver for this channel, and
|
||||
close the input and output devices encapsulated by this channel. All queued
|
||||
output will have been flushed to the device before this function is called,
|
||||
and no further driver operations will be invoked on this instance after
|
||||
calling the \fIcloseProc\fR. If the close operation is successful, the
|
||||
@@ -425,20 +450,35 @@ error code. In addition, if an error occurs and \fIinterp\fR is not NULL,
|
||||
the procedure should store an error message in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Alternatively, channels that support closing the read and write sides
|
||||
independently may accept other flag values than 0.
|
||||
Then \fIclose2Proc\fR will be called with \fIflags\fR set to an OR'ed
|
||||
independently may set \fIcloseProc\fR to \fBTCL_CLOSE2PROC\fR and set
|
||||
\fIclose2Proc\fR to the address of a function that matches the
|
||||
following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverClose2Proc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclose2Proc\fR will be called with \fIflags\fR set to an OR'ed
|
||||
combination of \fBTCL_CLOSE_READ\fR or \fBTCL_CLOSE_WRITE\fR to
|
||||
indicate that the driver should close the read and/or write side of
|
||||
the channel. The channel driver may be invoked to perform
|
||||
additional operations on the channel after \fIclose2Proc\fR is
|
||||
called to close one or both sides of the channel. In all cases, the
|
||||
\fIclose2Proc\fR function should return zero if the close operation was
|
||||
successful; otherwise it should return a nonzero POSIX error code.
|
||||
In addition, if an error occurs and \fIinterp\fR is not NULL, the procedure
|
||||
should store an error message in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
called to close one or both sides of the channel. If \fIflags\fR is
|
||||
\fB0\fR (zero), the driver should close the channel in the manner
|
||||
described above for \fIcloseProc\fR. No further operations will be
|
||||
invoked on this instance after \fIclose2Proc\fR is called with all
|
||||
flags cleared. In all cases, the \fIclose2Proc\fR function should
|
||||
return zero if the close operation was successful; otherwise it should
|
||||
return a nonzero POSIX error code. In addition, if an error occurs and
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR is not NULL, the procedure should store an error message
|
||||
in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclose2Proc\fR value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR,
|
||||
which returns a pointer to the function.
|
||||
The \fIcloseProc\fR and \fIclose2Proc\fR values can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR or \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, which
|
||||
return a pointer to the respective function.
|
||||
.SS INPUTPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinputProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
@@ -447,7 +487,7 @@ internal buffer. \fIInputProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIbuf\fR,
|
||||
int \fIbufSize\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
@@ -491,7 +531,7 @@ generic layer to transfer data from an internal buffer to the output device.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIbuf\fR,
|
||||
int \fItoWrite\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
@@ -521,17 +561,17 @@ without writing any data.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS "WIDESEEKPROC"
|
||||
.SS "SEEKPROC AND WIDESEEKPROC"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIwideSeekProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
The \fIseekProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
generic layer to move the access point at which subsequent input or output
|
||||
operations will be applied. \fIWideSeekProc\fR must match the following
|
||||
operations will be applied. \fISeekProc\fR must match the following
|
||||
prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIoffset\fR,
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
long \fIoffset\fR,
|
||||
int \fIseekMode\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -550,8 +590,30 @@ does not implement seeking.
|
||||
The return value is the new access point or -1 in case of error. If an
|
||||
error occurred, the function should not move the access point.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIwideSseekProc\fR value can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR, which returns a pointer to the function.
|
||||
If there is a non-NULL \fIseekProc\fR field, the \fIwideSeekProc\fR
|
||||
field may contain the address of an alternative function to use which
|
||||
handles wide (i.e. larger than 32-bit) offsets, so allowing seeks
|
||||
within files larger than 2GB. The \fIwideSeekProc\fR will be called
|
||||
in preference to the \fIseekProc\fR, but both must be defined if the
|
||||
\fIwideSeekProc\fR is defined. \fIWideSeekProc\fR must match the
|
||||
following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIoffset\fR,
|
||||
int \fIseekMode\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The arguments and return values mean the same thing as with
|
||||
\fIseekProc\fR above, except that the type of offsets and the return
|
||||
type are different.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIseekProc\fR value can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR, which returns a pointer to the function,
|
||||
and similarly the \fIwideSeekProc\fR can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR.
|
||||
.SS SETOPTIONPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
@@ -560,7 +622,7 @@ the generic layer to set a channel type specific option on a channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fInewValue\fR);
|
||||
@@ -601,7 +663,7 @@ channel. \fIgetOptionProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetOptionProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_DString *\fIoptionValue\fR);
|
||||
@@ -639,7 +701,7 @@ notice events of interest on this channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_DriverWatchProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -670,9 +732,9 @@ the generic layer to retrieve a device-specific handle from the channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetHandleProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIdirection\fR,
|
||||
void **\fIhandlePtr\fR);
|
||||
ClientData *\fIhandlePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
@@ -699,7 +761,7 @@ It should be set to NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverFlushProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
@@ -714,7 +776,7 @@ that occur on the underlying (stacked) channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverHandlerProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIinterestMask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -743,7 +805,7 @@ might be maintaining using the calling thread as the associate. See
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIaction\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -760,7 +822,7 @@ length. It can be NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverTruncateProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIlength\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -808,6 +870,58 @@ The function takes good care of inserting minus signs before
|
||||
each option, commas after, and an
|
||||
.QW or
|
||||
before the last option.
|
||||
.SH "OLD CHANNEL TYPES"
|
||||
The original (8.3.1 and below) \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure contains
|
||||
the following fields:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
const char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is still possible to create channel with the above structure. The
|
||||
internal channel code will determine the version. It is imperative to use
|
||||
the new \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure if you are creating a stacked
|
||||
channel driver, due to problems with the earlier stacked channel
|
||||
implementation (in 8.2.0 to 8.3.1).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Prior to 8.4.0 (i.e. during the later releases of 8.3 and early part
|
||||
of the 8.4 development cycle) the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure
|
||||
contained the following fields:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
const char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion \fIversion\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverFlushProc *\fIflushProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverHandlerProc *\fIhandlerProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *\fItruncateProc\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When the above structure is registered as a channel type, the
|
||||
\fIversion\fR field should always be \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_Close(3), Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_SetErrno(3), Tcl_QueueEvent(3), Tcl_StackChannel(3), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3)
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ a zero value to temporarily disable an existing handler.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke whenever the channel indicated by \fIchannel\fR meets
|
||||
the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ what it means for a channel to be readable or writable.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_ChannelProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ void
|
||||
The channel for which to create or delete a close callback.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CloseProc *proc in
|
||||
The procedure to call as the callback.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CloseProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR is the same as the value provided in the call to
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Name of command.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdProc *proc in
|
||||
Implementation of new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
|
||||
.AP voie *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
|
||||
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIargc\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
|
||||
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ a handler.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke whenever the file or device indicated
|
||||
by \fIfile\fR meets the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ type \fBTcl_FileProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_FileProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
|
||||
.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR and \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR functions
|
||||
are rendered somewhat obsolete by the ability to create functions for
|
||||
expressions by placing commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace,
|
||||
as described in the \fBmathfunc\fR manual page; the API described on
|
||||
this page is not expected to be maintained indefinitely.
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
|
||||
clientDataPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which new function will be defined.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *name in
|
||||
Name for new function.
|
||||
.AP int numArgs in
|
||||
Number of arguments to new function; also gives size of \fIargTypes\fR array.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ValueType *argTypes in
|
||||
Points to an array giving the permissible types for each argument to
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_MathProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure that implements the function.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR when it is invoked.
|
||||
.AP int *numArgsPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the number of
|
||||
arguments to the function.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to an array
|
||||
giving the permissible types for each argument to the function which
|
||||
will need to be freed up using \fITcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_MathProc **procPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to the
|
||||
implementation code for the function (or NULL if the function is
|
||||
implemented directly in bytecode).
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the clientData
|
||||
argument passed to \fITcl_CreateMathFunc\fR when the function was
|
||||
created if the function is not implemented directly in bytecode.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *pattern in
|
||||
Pattern to match against function names so as to filter them (by
|
||||
passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
|
||||
expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
|
||||
These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
|
||||
\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR. The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
|
||||
an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
|
||||
to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
|
||||
It should not be used by new applications, which should create
|
||||
math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
|
||||
in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
|
||||
\fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
|
||||
If \fIname\fR does not already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
|
||||
namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
|
||||
If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
|
||||
\fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
|
||||
Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
|
||||
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
|
||||
or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
|
||||
integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
|
||||
or any, respectively.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
|
||||
\fIproc\fR. \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
|
||||
the type \fBTcl_MathProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_MathProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Value *\fIargs\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Value *\fIresultPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
|
||||
\fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
|
||||
which describe the actual arguments to the function:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Value {
|
||||
Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
|
||||
long \fIintValue\fR;
|
||||
double \fIdoubleValue\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIwideValue\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_Value\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
|
||||
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
|
||||
It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
|
||||
the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
|
||||
the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
|
||||
\fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
|
||||
Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
|
||||
\fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
|
||||
field will contain the actual value of the argument.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
|
||||
in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
|
||||
\fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
|
||||
It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
|
||||
\fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
|
||||
to indicate which value was set.
|
||||
Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
|
||||
If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
|
||||
return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
|
||||
function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call. Normally, the return code is
|
||||
\fBTCL_OK\fR but if the named function does not exist, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
|
||||
is returned and an error message is placed in the interpreter's
|
||||
result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
|
||||
pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
|
||||
released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR. Some functions (the
|
||||
standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
|
||||
commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
|
||||
argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
|
||||
them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
|
||||
\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
|
||||
will not be modified. The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
|
||||
will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
|
||||
pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
|
||||
the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
|
||||
\fIpattern\fR. The returned value has a reference count of zero.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
expression, mathematical function
|
||||
+10
-10
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Name of command.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
|
||||
Implementation of the new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
|
||||
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIobjc\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
|
||||
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
@@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ A \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR structure has the following fields:
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
|
||||
int \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *\fIobjProc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIobjClientData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIobjClientData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_CmdProc *\fIproc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIdeleteData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIdeleteData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_Namespace *\fInamespacePtr\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ otherwise, this is a compatibility procedure
|
||||
registered by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR
|
||||
that simply calls the command's
|
||||
value-based procedure after converting its string arguments to Tcl values.
|
||||
The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the clientData value
|
||||
The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the ClientData value
|
||||
to pass to \fIdeleteProc\fR; it is normally the same as
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR but may be set independently using the
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR procedure.
|
||||
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR in place of the command name. If the
|
||||
and fills in the structure designated by \fIinfoPtr\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR is used to modify the procedures and
|
||||
clientData values associated with a command.
|
||||
ClientData values associated with a command.
|
||||
Its \fIcmdName\fR argument is the name of a command in \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR may include \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers
|
||||
to identify a command in a particular namespace.
|
||||
@@ -277,9 +277,9 @@ copies the information from \fI*infoPtr\fR to Tcl's internal structure
|
||||
for the command and returns 1.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the clientData for a
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the ClientData for a
|
||||
command's deletion procedure to be given a different value than the
|
||||
clientData for its command procedure.
|
||||
ClientData for its command procedure.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that neither \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR nor
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR will change a command's namespace.
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Tcl_TimerToken
|
||||
How many milliseconds to wait before invoking \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_TimerProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke after \fImilliseconds\fR have elapsed.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_TimerToken token in
|
||||
Token for previously created timer handler (the return value
|
||||
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-6
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ details of the calling sequence.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdTraceProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to call for each command that is executed. See below for
|
||||
details on the calling sequence.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIobjProc\fR or \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when the trace is deleted. See below for details of
|
||||
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ interpreter.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
\fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
\fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIlevel\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIcommand\fR,
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters are copies of the
|
||||
corresponding arguments given to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR.
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
|
||||
\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
|
||||
structure that describes what to do when \fIobjProc\fR is invoked. The
|
||||
\fIlevel\fR parameter gives the nesting level of the command (1 for
|
||||
top-level commands passed to \fBTcl_Eval\fR by the application, 2 for
|
||||
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ When \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR is called, the interpreter invokes the
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
\fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
\fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter will be the same as the
|
||||
@@ -160,12 +160,12 @@ match the type \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIlevel\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIcommand\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_CmdProc *\fIcmdProc\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIcmdClientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIcmdClientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIargc\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
|
||||
+11
-5
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
|
||||
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ char *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringLength\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ char *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
|
||||
@@ -47,10 +49,10 @@ Pointer to structure that is used to manage a dynamic string.
|
||||
Pointer to characters to append to dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *element in
|
||||
Pointer to characters to append as list element to dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string. If TCL_INDEX_NONE,
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string. If -1,
|
||||
add all characters up to null terminating character.
|
||||
.AP size_t newLength in
|
||||
.AP int newLength in
|
||||
New length for dynamic string, not including null terminating
|
||||
character.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
|
||||
@@ -126,6 +128,10 @@ caller to fill in the new space.
|
||||
even if the string is truncated to zero length, so \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR
|
||||
will still need to be called.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
|
||||
This procedure is now deprecated. \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR should
|
||||
be used instead.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should be called when you are finished using
|
||||
the string. It frees up any memory that was allocated for the string
|
||||
and reinitializes the string's value to an empty string.
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_DoWhenIdle, Tcl_CancelIdleCall \- invoke a procedure when there are no pendi
|
||||
.AS Tcl_IdleProc clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_IdleProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke.
|
||||
.AP coid *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ type \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ is not defined, these functions are all no-ops.
|
||||
\fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR will output a list of all currently
|
||||
allocated memory to the specified file. The information output for
|
||||
each allocated block of memory is: starting and ending addresses
|
||||
(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBTcl_Alloc\fR was
|
||||
(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBckalloc\fR was
|
||||
called to allocate the block and line number in that file. It is
|
||||
especially useful to call \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR after the Tcl
|
||||
interpreter has been deleted.
|
||||
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ by \fBTcl_Main\fR.
|
||||
\fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR forces a validation of the guard zones of
|
||||
all currently allocated blocks of memory. Normally validation of a
|
||||
block occurs when its freed, unless full validation is enabled, in
|
||||
which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR are called. This function forces the validation to occur
|
||||
which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBckalloc\fR and
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR are called. This function forces the validation to occur
|
||||
at any point.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
||||
+40
-7
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
|
||||
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -36,6 +36,12 @@ int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR(\fIinterp, encoding, src, srcLen, flags, statePtr,
|
||||
dst, dstLen, srcReadPtr, dstWrotePtr, dstCharsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR(\fItsrc, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
TCHAR *
|
||||
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR(\fIsrc, srcLen, dstPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR(\fIencoding\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
@@ -56,6 +62,12 @@ Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR(\fIsearchPath\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIpath\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const Tcl_EncodingType" *dstWrotePtr in/out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
@@ -73,11 +85,11 @@ Points to storage where encoding token is to be written.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *src in
|
||||
For the \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR functions, an array of bytes in the
|
||||
specified encoding that are to be converted to UTF-8. For the
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR function, an array of
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToExternal\fR and \fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR functions, an array of
|
||||
UTF-8 characters to be converted to the specified encoding.
|
||||
.AP "const TCHAR" *tsrc in
|
||||
An array of Windows TCHAR characters to convert to UTF-8.
|
||||
.AP size_t srcLen in
|
||||
.AP int srcLen in
|
||||
Length of \fIsrc\fR or \fItsrc\fR in bytes. If the length is negative, the
|
||||
encoding-specific length of the string is used.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_DString *dstPtr out
|
||||
@@ -243,6 +255,18 @@ is filled with the corresponding number of bytes that were stored in
|
||||
\fIdst\fR. The return values are the same as the return values for
|
||||
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are Windows-only
|
||||
convenience functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
|
||||
based on the TCHAR type which is by convention a Unicode character on
|
||||
Windows NT. Those functions are deprecated. You can use
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToWCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_WCharToUtfDString\fR as replacement.
|
||||
If you want compatibility with earlier Tcl releases than 8.7, use
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR as
|
||||
replacement, and make sure you compile your extension with -DTCL_UTF_MAX=3.
|
||||
Beware: Those replacement functions don't initialize their Tcl_DString (you'll
|
||||
have to do that yourself), and \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR from Tcl 8.6
|
||||
doesn't accept -1 as length parameter.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
|
||||
Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
|
||||
was used to create the encoding. The string returned by
|
||||
@@ -269,7 +293,7 @@ the encoding name to it. The \fBTcl_DStringValue\fR is returned.
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetEncodingNames\fR sets the \fIinterp\fR result to a list
|
||||
consisting of the names of all the encodings that are currently defined
|
||||
or can be dynamically loaded, searching the encoding path specified by
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR. This procedure does not ensure that the
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR. This procedure does not ensure that the
|
||||
dynamically-loadable encoding files contain valid data, but merely that they
|
||||
exist.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -296,7 +320,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fItoUtfProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fIfromUtfProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingFreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
int \fInullSize\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_EncodingType\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -327,7 +351,7 @@ type \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIsrc\fR,
|
||||
int \fIsrcLen\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR,
|
||||
@@ -359,7 +383,7 @@ The callback procedure \fIfreeProc\fR, if non-NULL, should match the type
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_EncodingFreeProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This \fIfreeProc\fR function is called when the encoding is deleted. The
|
||||
@@ -384,6 +408,15 @@ are not verified as existing readable filesystem directories. When
|
||||
searching for encoding data files takes place, and non-existent or
|
||||
non-readable filesystem directories on the \fIsearchPath\fR are silently
|
||||
ignored.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR and \fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR
|
||||
are obsolete interfaces best replaced with calls to
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR and \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.
|
||||
They are called to access and set the first element of the \fIsearchPath\fR
|
||||
list. Since Tcl searches \fIsearchPath\fR for encoding data files in
|
||||
list order, these routines establish the
|
||||
.QW default
|
||||
directory in which to find encoding data files.
|
||||
.SH "ENCODING FILES"
|
||||
Space would prohibit precompiling into Tcl every possible encoding
|
||||
algorithm, so many encodings are stored on disk as dynamically-loadable
|
||||
|
||||
+20
-3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval \- execute Tcl scripts
|
||||
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ int
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
@@ -64,6 +67,9 @@ first null byte are used.
|
||||
Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
|
||||
.AP char *part in
|
||||
String forming part of a Tcl script.
|
||||
.AP va_list argList in
|
||||
An argument list which must have been initialized using
|
||||
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -122,10 +128,16 @@ might be a UTF-8 special code. The string is parsed and executed directly
|
||||
bytecodes. In situations where it is known that the script will never be
|
||||
executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
|
||||
\fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR. Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
|
||||
Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
|
||||
\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
|
||||
This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
|
||||
does not do the copy.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
|
||||
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.
|
||||
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR. For the
|
||||
efficiency reason given above, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is generally preferred
|
||||
over \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR and \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR are older procedures
|
||||
that are now deprecated. They are similar to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR and
|
||||
@@ -141,6 +153,11 @@ It returns the result of the command and also modifies
|
||||
the interpreter result in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
|
||||
The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
|
||||
of arguments. \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_VarEval\fR except that
|
||||
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument
|
||||
list. Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable
|
||||
in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "FLAG BITS"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-5
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ usually means that an error occurred.
|
||||
Procedure to invoke before exiting application, or (for
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR) NULL to uninstall the current application exit
|
||||
procedure.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ otherwise causes the application to terminate without calling
|
||||
returns control to its caller.
|
||||
If an application exit handler has been installed (see
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR), that handler is invoked with an argument
|
||||
consisting of the exit status (cast to void *); the application
|
||||
consisting of the exit status (cast to ClientData); the application
|
||||
exit handler should not return control to Tcl.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Finalize\fR is similar to \fBTcl_Exit\fR except that it does not
|
||||
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ and freeing global memory.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_ExitProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
|
||||
@@ -133,9 +133,10 @@ installed, that exit handler takes over complete responsibility for
|
||||
finalization of Tcl's subsystems via \fBTcl_Finalize\fR at an
|
||||
appropriate time. The argument passed to \fIproc\fR when it is
|
||||
invoked will be the exit status code (as passed to \fBTcl_Exit\fR)
|
||||
cast to a void *value.
|
||||
cast to a ClientData value.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
|
||||
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
exit(n)
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
|
||||
+13
-13
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ int
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSUnregister\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSData\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSConvertToPathType\fR(\fIinterp, pathPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSGetInternalRep\fR(\fIpathPtr, fsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ this structure will be returned. This parameter may be NULL.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter to use either for results, evaluation, or reporting error
|
||||
messages.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
The native description of the path value to create.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *firstPtr in
|
||||
The first of two path values to compare. The value may be converted
|
||||
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Name of a procedure to look up in the file's symbol table
|
||||
Filled with the init function for this code.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_PackageInitProc **proc2Ptr out
|
||||
Filled with the safe-init function for this code.
|
||||
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
Filled with the clientData value to pass to this code's unload
|
||||
function when it is called.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandlePtr out
|
||||
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ better functions to use for most purposes.
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath\fR does the same as
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedPath\fR, but returns a character string or NULL.
|
||||
The string returned is dynamically allocated and owned by the caller,
|
||||
which must store it or call \fBTcl_Free\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
|
||||
which must store it or call \fBckfree\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR or \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR are usually
|
||||
better functions to use for most purposes.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ It returns one of \fBTCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE\fR, \fBTCL_PATH_RELATIVE\fR, or
|
||||
.SS "PORTABLE STAT RESULT API"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AllocStatBuf\fR allocates a \fITcl_StatBuf\fR on the system heap (which
|
||||
may be deallocated by being passed to \fBTcl_Free\fR). This allows extensions to
|
||||
may be deallocated by being passed to \fBckfree\fR). This allows extensions to
|
||||
invoke \fBTcl_FSStat\fR and \fBTcl_FSLstat\fR without being dependent on the
|
||||
size of the buffer. That in turn depends on the flags used to build Tcl.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ general that is not a good thing to do). \fBTCL_OK\fR will be returned.
|
||||
the list of known filesystems, if it is known, and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If
|
||||
the filesystem is not currently registered, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the clientData associated with the given
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the ClientData associated with the given
|
||||
filesystem, if that filesystem is registered. Otherwise it will
|
||||
return NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ Tcl's internal list of known filesystems.
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR,
|
||||
void **\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
|
||||
ClientData *\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS DUPINTERNALREPPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -1018,8 +1018,8 @@ simply not copy the internal representation, which may then need to be
|
||||
regenerated later.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void *\fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS FREEINTERNALREPPROC
|
||||
Free the internal representation. This must be implemented if internal
|
||||
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ internal representation is generated), but may otherwise be NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS INTERNALTONORMALIZEDPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ representation is the normalized path.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj *\fBTcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS CREATEINTERNALREPPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ the \fITcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR for this filesystem always
|
||||
immediately creates an internal representation for paths it accepts.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void *\fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.SS NORMALIZEPATHPROC
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-1
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ equivalent to the \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR command. NULL
|
||||
is returned if the internal full path name has not been
|
||||
computed or unknown.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
|
||||
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
|
||||
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
binary, executable file
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-2
@@ -64,9 +64,12 @@ if the first such characters are
|
||||
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form; otherwise,
|
||||
if the first such characters are
|
||||
.QW \fB0b\fR
|
||||
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in binary form; otherwise,
|
||||
if the first such character is
|
||||
.QW \fB0\fR
|
||||
then \fIsrc\fR
|
||||
is expected to be in binary form; otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
|
||||
expected to be in decimal form.
|
||||
is expected to be in octal form; otherwise, \fIsrc\fR
|
||||
is expected to be in decimal form.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
|
||||
number, which is: white space; a sign; a sequence of digits; a
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ be used for reading.
|
||||
.AP int checkUsage in
|
||||
If non-zero, then an error will be generated if the file was not opened
|
||||
for the access indicated by \fIwrite\fR.
|
||||
.AP void **filePtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *filePtr out
|
||||
Points to word in which to store pointer to FILE structure for
|
||||
the file given by \fIchanID\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-4
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ Pointer to handler function replacing \fBTcl_GetTime\fR's access to the OS.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc scaleProc in
|
||||
Pointer to handler function for the conversion of time delays in the
|
||||
virtual domain to real-time.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Value passed through to the two handler functions.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_GetTimeProc *getProcPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to place the currently registered get handler function into.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc *scaleProcPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to place the currently registered scale handler function into.
|
||||
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to place the currently registered pass-through value into.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ The signatures of the handler functions are as follows:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_GetTimeProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_ScaleTimeProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fItimebuf\fR fields contain the time to manipulate, and the
|
||||
|
||||
+10
-4
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Tcl_HashEntry *
|
||||
Tcl_HashEntry *
|
||||
\fBTcl_FindHashEntry\fR(\fItablePtr, key\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr, value\fR)
|
||||
@@ -66,8 +66,9 @@ The word at \fI*newPtr\fR is set to 1 if a new entry was created
|
||||
and 0 if there was already an entry for \fIkey\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to hash table entry.
|
||||
.AP void *value in
|
||||
New value to assign to hash table entry.
|
||||
.AP ClientData value in
|
||||
New value to assign to hash table entry. Need not have type
|
||||
ClientData, but must fit in same space as ClientData.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to record to use to keep track of progress in enumerating
|
||||
all the entries in a hash table.
|
||||
@@ -185,6 +186,11 @@ instead, it returns NULL as result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR and \fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR are used to
|
||||
read and write an entry's value, respectively.
|
||||
Values are stored and retrieved as type
|
||||
.QW ClientData ,
|
||||
which is
|
||||
large enough to hold a pointer value. On almost all machines this is
|
||||
large enough to hold an integer value too.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetHashKey\fR returns the key for a given hash table entry,
|
||||
either as a pointer to a string, a one-word
|
||||
@@ -223,7 +229,7 @@ overall information about a hash table, such as the number of
|
||||
entries it contains, the number of buckets in its hash array,
|
||||
and the utilization of the buckets.
|
||||
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result string
|
||||
by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
by passing it to \fBckfree\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The header file \fBtcl.h\fR defines the actual data structures
|
||||
used to implement hash tables.
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Define the \fBUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR symbol. Typically, you would include the
|
||||
\fB\-DUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR flag when compiling the extension.
|
||||
.IP 3) 5
|
||||
Link the extension with the Tcl stubs library instead of the standard
|
||||
Tcl library. For example, to use the Tcl 9.0 ABI on Unix platforms,
|
||||
the library name is \fIlibtclstub9.0.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
|
||||
library name is \fItclstub90.lib\fR.
|
||||
Tcl library. For example, to use the Tcl 8.6 ABI on Unix platforms,
|
||||
the library name is \fIlibtclstub8.6.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
|
||||
library name is \fItclstub86.lib\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If the extension also requires the Tk API, it must also call
|
||||
\fBTk_InitStubs\fR to initialize the Tk stubs interface and link
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ first thing in the application's main program.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR is very similar in use to
|
||||
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR. It can be used when Tcl is
|
||||
used as utility library, no other encodings than utf-8,
|
||||
used as utility library, no other encodings than utf8,
|
||||
iso8859-1 or unicode are used, and no interest exists in the
|
||||
value of \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR. The system encoding will not
|
||||
be extracted from the environment, but falls back to utf-8.
|
||||
be extracted from the environment, but falls back to iso8859-1.
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
binary, executable file
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_Interp 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
char *\fIresult\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
|
||||
Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
|
||||
int \fIerrorLine\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
|
||||
} \fBTcl_Interp\fR;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
|
||||
char *\fIblockPtr\fR);
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR procedure returns a pointer to a \fBTcl_Interp\fR
|
||||
structure. Callers of \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR should use this pointer
|
||||
as an opaque token, suitable for nothing other than passing back to
|
||||
other routines in the Tcl interface from the same thread that called
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR. The \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct no longer has any
|
||||
supported client-visible fields. Supported public routines such as
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Any legacy programs and extensions trying to access the fields above
|
||||
in their source code will need conversion to compile for Tcl 8.7 and later.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
interpreter, result
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ the handler returns. Many handlers may be attached to the same
|
||||
interpreter limit; their order of execution is not defined, and they
|
||||
must be identified by \fIhandlerProc\fR and \fIclientData\fR when they
|
||||
are deleted.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary pointer-sized word used to pass some context to the
|
||||
\fIhandlerProc\fR function.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A limit handler may be deleted using \fBTcl_LimitRemoveHandler\fR; the
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, the additional linked types \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR and
|
||||
All the above for both functions may be
|
||||
optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR to make the Tcl
|
||||
variable read-only.
|
||||
.AP size_t size in
|
||||
.AP int size in
|
||||
.VS "TIP 312"
|
||||
The number of elements in the C array. Must be greater than zero.
|
||||
.VE "TIP 312"
|
||||
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Tcl errors.
|
||||
.
|
||||
The C variable is of type \fBchar *\fR.
|
||||
If its value is not NULL then it must be a pointer to a string
|
||||
allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
|
||||
allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
|
||||
Whenever the Tcl variable is modified the current C string will be
|
||||
freed and new memory will be allocated to hold a copy of the variable's
|
||||
new value.
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-7
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Tcl_Object
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs\fR(\fIcontext\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS void *clientData in
|
||||
.AS ClientData clientData in
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
|
||||
The interpreter holding the object or class to create or update a method in.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Object object in
|
||||
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
|
||||
A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
|
||||
compare against.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
A piece of data that is passed to the implementation of the method without
|
||||
interpretation.
|
||||
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
A pointer to a variable in which to write the \fIclientData\fR value supplied
|
||||
when the method was created. If NULL, the \fIclientData\fR value will not be
|
||||
retrieved.
|
||||
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Functions matching this signature are called when the method is invoked.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_MethodCallProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_ObjectContext \fIobjectContext\fR,
|
||||
int \fIobjc\fR,
|
||||
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ through a new method being created or because the object or class is deleted.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_MethodDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument to a Tcl_MethodDeleteProc will be the same as
|
||||
@@ -248,8 +248,8 @@ class is copied using \fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR (or \fBoo::copy\fR).
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIoldClientData\fR,
|
||||
void **\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIoldClientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData *\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ in the same way as the \fIproc\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3)
|
||||
(\fIq.v.\fR).
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
|
||||
Called instead of \fIproc\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, \fIdeleteProc\fR
|
||||
and \fIobjProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
|
||||
@@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of the evaluation is stored if
|
||||
the return code is TCL_OK.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
|
||||
A function to push.
|
||||
.AP void *data0 in
|
||||
.AP void *data1 in
|
||||
.AP void *data2 in
|
||||
.AP void *data3 in
|
||||
.AP ClientData data0 in
|
||||
.AP ClientData data1 in
|
||||
.AP ClientData data2 in
|
||||
.AP ClientData data3 in
|
||||
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
|
||||
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ a message as the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int
|
||||
\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
|
||||
\fBvoid *\fR \fIdata\fR[],
|
||||
\fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
|
||||
\fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIresult\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ stack, to evalute a script:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
|
||||
void *clientData,
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
|
||||
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ call \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
|
||||
void *clientData,
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
|
||||
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
|
||||
void *clientData,
|
||||
ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
|
||||
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ int
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
|
||||
void *data[],
|
||||
ClientData data[],
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The interpreter in which the namespace exists and where name lookups
|
||||
are performed. Also where error result messages are written.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *name in
|
||||
The name of the namespace or command to be created or accessed.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
A context pointer by the creator of the namespace. Not interpreted by
|
||||
Tcl at all.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ the global namespace.)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_NamespaceDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteNamespace\fR deletes a namespace, calling the
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-7
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Tcl_ThreadId
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR(\fIdeleteProc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_InitNotifier\fR()
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Procedure to invoke to prepare for event wait in \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR.
|
||||
Procedure for \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR to invoke after waiting for
|
||||
events. Checks to see if any events have occurred and, if so,
|
||||
queues them.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIsetupProc\fR, \fIcheckProc\fR, or
|
||||
\fIdeleteProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
|
||||
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ is NULL, it means there is no maximum wait time: wait forever if
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Event *evPtr in
|
||||
An event to add to the event queue. The storage for the event must
|
||||
have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
|
||||
have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_QueuePosition position in
|
||||
Where to add the new event in the queue: \fBTCL_QUEUE_TAIL\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_QUEUE_HEAD\fR, or \fBTCL_QUEUE_MARK\fR.
|
||||
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ the event source.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_EventSetupProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_EventCheckProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ of window events.
|
||||
When \fIproc\fR returns 1, \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR will remove the
|
||||
event from the event queue and free its storage.
|
||||
Note that the storage for an event must be allocated by
|
||||
the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
|
||||
the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
|
||||
before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
|
||||
will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ queue. \fIProc\fR should match the following prototype:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_EventDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
Tcl_Event *\fIevPtr\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -111,9 +111,9 @@ which is defined as follows.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
|
||||
size_t \fIrefCount\fR;
|
||||
int \fIrefCount\fR;
|
||||
char *\fIbytes\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fIlength\fR;
|
||||
int \fIlength\fR;
|
||||
const Tcl_ObjType *\fItypePtr\fR;
|
||||
union {
|
||||
long \fIlongValue\fR;
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ to be treated as conventional null character-terminated C strings.
|
||||
These restrictions are easily met by using Tcl's internal UTF encoding
|
||||
for the string representation, same as one would do for other
|
||||
Tcl routines accepting string values as arguments.
|
||||
Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
|
||||
Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
|
||||
Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
|
||||
or \fBckalloc\fR. Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
|
||||
enough storage for the string's bytes and the terminating null byte.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIupdateStringProc\fR for Tcl's built-in double type, for example,
|
||||
|
||||
+13
-13
@@ -53,28 +53,28 @@ int
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Read\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetsObj\fR(\fIchannel, lineObjPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Gets\fR(\fIchannel, lineRead\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Ungets\fR(\fIchannel, input, inputLen, addAtEnd\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_WriteObj\fR(\fIchannel, writeObjPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_WriteChars\fR(\fIchannel, charBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Write\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ReadRaw\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_WriteRaw\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ input of the invoking process; likewise for \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and
|
||||
redirect stdio handles to override the stdio handles for which
|
||||
\fBTCL_STDIN\fR, \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and \fBTCL_STDERR\fR have been set. If it
|
||||
is set, then such redirections cause an error.
|
||||
.AP void *handle in
|
||||
.AP ClientData handle in
|
||||
Operating system specific handle for I/O to a file. For Unix this is a
|
||||
file descriptor, for Windows it is a HANDLE.
|
||||
.AP int readOrWrite in
|
||||
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ from a procedure such as \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *readObjPtr in/out
|
||||
A pointer to a Tcl value in which to store the characters read from the
|
||||
channel.
|
||||
.AP size_t charsToRead in
|
||||
.AP int charsToRead in
|
||||
The number of characters to read from the channel. If the channel's encoding
|
||||
is \fBbinary\fR, this is equivalent to the number of bytes to read from the
|
||||
channel.
|
||||
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ If non-zero, data read from the channel will be appended to the value.
|
||||
Otherwise, the data will replace the existing contents of the value.
|
||||
.AP char *readBuf out
|
||||
A buffer in which to store the bytes read from the channel.
|
||||
.AP size_t bytesToRead in
|
||||
.AP int bytesToRead in
|
||||
The number of bytes to read from the channel. The buffer \fIreadBuf\fR must
|
||||
be large enough to hold this many bytes.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *lineObjPtr in/out
|
||||
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ channel. Must have been initialized by the caller. The line read will be
|
||||
appended to any data already in the dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *input in
|
||||
The input to add to a channel buffer.
|
||||
.AP size_t inputLen in
|
||||
.AP int inputLen in
|
||||
Length of the input
|
||||
.AP int addAtEnd in
|
||||
Flag indicating whether the input should be added to the end or
|
||||
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ A pointer to a Tcl value whose contents will be output to the channel.
|
||||
A buffer containing the characters to output to the channel.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *byteBuf in
|
||||
A buffer containing the bytes to output to the channel.
|
||||
.AP size_t bytesToWrite in
|
||||
.AP int bytesToWrite in
|
||||
The number of bytes to consume from \fIcharBuf\fR or \fIbyteBuf\fR and
|
||||
output to the channel.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_WideInt offset in
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ If nonzero, the client socket is connected asynchronously to the server.
|
||||
.AP "unsigned int" flags in
|
||||
ORed combination of \fBTCL_TCPSERVER\fR flags that specify additional
|
||||
informations about the socket being created.
|
||||
.AP void *sock in
|
||||
.AP ClientData sock in
|
||||
Platform-specific handle for client TCP socket.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *proc in
|
||||
Pointer to a procedure to invoke each time a new connection is
|
||||
accepted via the socket.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ the channel. \fIProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_TcpAcceptProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Channel \fIchannel\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIhostName\fR,
|
||||
int \fIport\fR);
|
||||
|
||||
+10
-3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
|
||||
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ void
|
||||
\fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
@@ -83,8 +86,8 @@ The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message
|
||||
to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the
|
||||
application or the platform.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used safely by stub-enabled extensions, so its
|
||||
symbol is not included in the stub table.
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
|
||||
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
|
||||
the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
|
||||
@@ -92,6 +95,10 @@ by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
|
||||
have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
|
||||
will be displayed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
|
||||
taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list. Interfaces
|
||||
using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice. This
|
||||
function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-4
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The array of arguments to be parsed.
|
||||
Pointer to a variable that will hold the array of unprocessed arguments.
|
||||
Should be NULL if no return of unprocessed arguments is required. If
|
||||
\fIobjcPtr\fR is updated to a non-zero value, the array returned through this
|
||||
must be deallocated using \fBTcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
must be deallocated using \fBckfree\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
void *\fIsrcPtr\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIdstPtr\fR;
|
||||
const char *\fIhelpStr\fR;
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_ArgvInfo\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ have the following signature:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvFuncProc\fR)(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *\fIobjPtr\fR,
|
||||
void *\fIdstPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ function will have the following signature:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvGenFuncProc\fR)(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIobjc\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const *\fIobjv\fR,
|
||||
|
||||
+21
-7
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
|
||||
Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokens, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -33,16 +33,20 @@ const char *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_FreeParse\fR(\fIusedParsePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp *usedParsePtr out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
|
||||
For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
|
||||
For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR, \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR
|
||||
and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
|
||||
if NULL, then no error messages are left after errors.
|
||||
For \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, determines the context for evaluating
|
||||
the script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
|
||||
For \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR,
|
||||
determines the context for evaluating the
|
||||
script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *start in
|
||||
Pointer to first character in string to parse.
|
||||
.AP int numBytes in
|
||||
@@ -187,6 +191,16 @@ code with one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
|
||||
some other integer value originating in an extension.
|
||||
In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
|
||||
result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR differs from \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR only in
|
||||
the return convention used: it returns the result in a new Tcl_Obj.
|
||||
The reference count of the value returned as result has been
|
||||
incremented, so the caller must
|
||||
invoke \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR when it is finished with the value.
|
||||
If an error or other exception occurs while evaluating the tokens
|
||||
(such as a reference to a non-existent variable) then the return value
|
||||
is NULL and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result. The use
|
||||
of \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR is deprecated.
|
||||
.SH "TCL_PARSE STRUCTURE"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
|
||||
@@ -208,8 +222,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Parse {
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Token {
|
||||
int \fItype\fR;
|
||||
const char *\fIstart\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fIsize\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fInumComponents\fR;
|
||||
int \fIsize\fR;
|
||||
int \fInumComponents\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_Token\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_Preserve, Tcl_Release, Tcl_EventuallyFree \- avoid freeing storage while it
|
||||
\fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR(\fIclientData, freeProc\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_FreeProc clientData
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Token describing structure to be freed or reallocated. Usually a pointer
|
||||
to memory for structure.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc in
|
||||
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ reasons, but the value is the same.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When the \fIclientData\fR argument to \fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR
|
||||
refers to storage allocated and returned by a prior call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR or another function of the Tcl library,
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBckalloc\fR, or another function of the Tcl library,
|
||||
then the \fIfreeProc\fR argument should be given the special value of
|
||||
\fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-2
@@ -18,7 +18,10 @@ Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
This argument is ignored.
|
||||
Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
|
||||
controlled the conversion. As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
|
||||
the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
|
||||
that is now shared by all interpreters.
|
||||
.AP double value in
|
||||
Floating-point value to be converted.
|
||||
.AP char *dst out
|
||||
@@ -38,7 +41,9 @@ so that it does not look like an integer. Where \fB%g\fR would
|
||||
generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
|
||||
.QW .0 .
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The result will have the fewest digits needed to
|
||||
If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
|
||||
precisely that many digits of significance. If the value is zero
|
||||
(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
|
||||
represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
|
||||
will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
|
||||
IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_RecordAndEvalObj\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
|
||||
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
|
||||
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR
|
||||
It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR,
|
||||
as well as a result value containing additional information
|
||||
(a result value or error message)
|
||||
|
||||
+8
-8
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ identifies the beginning of the larger string.
|
||||
If it is not the same as \fItext\fR, then no
|
||||
.QW \fB^\fR
|
||||
matches will be allowed.
|
||||
.AP size_t index in
|
||||
.AP int index in
|
||||
Specifies which range is desired: 0 means the range of the entire
|
||||
match, 1 or greater means the range that matched a parenthesized
|
||||
sub-expression.
|
||||
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ OR-ed combination of the compilation flags \fBTCL_REG_ADVANCED\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_REG_QUOTE\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NOCASE\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NEWLINE\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_REG_NLSTOP\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NLANCH\fR, \fBTCL_REG_NOSUB\fR, and
|
||||
\fBTCL_REG_CANMATCH\fR. See below for more information.
|
||||
.AP size_t offset in
|
||||
.AP int offset in
|
||||
The character offset into the text where matching should begin.
|
||||
The value of the offset has no impact on \fB^\fR matches. This
|
||||
behavior is controlled by \fIeflags\fR.
|
||||
.AP size_t nmatches in
|
||||
.AP int nmatches in
|
||||
The number of matching subexpressions that should be remembered for
|
||||
later use. If this value is 0, then no subexpression match
|
||||
information will be computed. If the value is TCL_INDEX_NONE, then
|
||||
information will be computed. If the value is \-1, then
|
||||
all of the matching subexpressions will be remembered. Any other
|
||||
value will be taken as the maximum number of subexpressions to
|
||||
remember.
|
||||
@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ defined as follows:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_RegExpInfo {
|
||||
size_t \fInsubs\fR;
|
||||
int \fInsubs\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_RegExpIndices *\fImatches\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fIextendStart\fR;
|
||||
long \fIextendStart\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_RegExpInfo\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ follows:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_RegExpIndices {
|
||||
size_t \fIstart\fR;
|
||||
size_t \fIend\fR;
|
||||
long \fIstart\fR;
|
||||
long \fIend\fR;
|
||||
} \fBTcl_RegExpIndices\fR;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -87,10 +87,14 @@ the value.
|
||||
Which functions of a channel driver are allowed to use which bypass function
|
||||
is listed below, as is which functions of the public channel API may leave a
|
||||
messages in the bypass areas.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelErrorInterp\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR
|
||||
May use \fBTcl_SetChannelError\fR, and only this function.
|
||||
.IP \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New limit for nested calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR for \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
|
||||
calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
|
||||
such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
|
||||
such as \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR.
|
||||
Any call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
|
||||
an error.
|
||||
By default the recursion limit is 1000.
|
||||
|
||||
+26
-1
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult \- manipulate Tcl result
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -26,11 +26,15 @@ const char *
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, code, targetInterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_FreeProc sourceInterp out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
|
||||
@@ -139,6 +143,11 @@ extensions.
|
||||
Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
|
||||
call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
|
||||
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
|
||||
Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
|
||||
This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR transfers interpreter state from \fIsourceInterp\fR
|
||||
to \fItargetInterp\fR. The two interpreters must have been created in the
|
||||
same thread. If \fIsourceInterp\fR and \fItargetInterp\fR are the same,
|
||||
@@ -175,6 +184,22 @@ single character
|
||||
or ends in the characters
|
||||
.QW " {" )
|
||||
then no space is added.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR performs part of the work
|
||||
of \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR.
|
||||
It frees up the memory associated with \fIinterp\fR's result.
|
||||
It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
|
||||
change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
|
||||
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
|
||||
is about to replace one result value with another.
|
||||
.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It used to be legal for programs to
|
||||
directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
|
||||
to manipulate the interpreter result. The Tcl headers no longer
|
||||
permit this access. C code still doing this must
|
||||
be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
|
||||
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ int
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_Merge\fR(\fIargc, argv\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ScanElement\fR(\fIsrc, flagsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ScanCountedElement\fR(\fIsrc, length, flagsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ConvertElement\fR(\fIsrc, dst, flags\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ConvertCountedElement\fR(\fIsrc, length, dst, flags\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const char *const" ***argvPtr out
|
||||
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ String that is to become an element of a list.
|
||||
.AP int *flagsPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to word to fill in with information about \fIsrc\fR.
|
||||
The value of *\fIflagsPtr\fR must be passed to \fBTcl_ConvertElement\fR.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
Number of bytes in string \fIsrc\fR.
|
||||
.AP char *dst in
|
||||
Place to copy converted list element. Must contain enough characters
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ error message. The result or error from the initialization procedure will
|
||||
be returned as the result of the \fBload\fR command that caused the
|
||||
initialization procedure to be invoked.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_StaticPackage\fR can not be safely used by stub-enabled extensions,
|
||||
so its symbol is not included in the stub table.
|
||||
\fBTcl_StaticPackage\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
|
||||
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
initialization procedure, package, static linking
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
||||
+20
-11
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
|
||||
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
@@ -59,6 +59,9 @@ void
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR(\fIobjPtr, argList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length, limit, ellipsis\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
@@ -87,29 +90,29 @@ Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
Points to the first byte of an array of UTF-8-encoded bytes
|
||||
used to set or append to a string value.
|
||||
This byte array may contain embedded null characters
|
||||
unless \fInumChars\fR is TCL_INDEX_NONE. (Applications needing null bytes
|
||||
unless \fInumChars\fR is negative. (Applications needing null bytes
|
||||
should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e300\e200\fR, use
|
||||
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR to convert, or \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR if
|
||||
the string is a collection of uninterpreted bytes.)
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The number of bytes to copy from \fIbytes\fR when
|
||||
initializing, setting, or appending to a string value.
|
||||
If TCL_INDEX_NONE, all bytes up to the first null are used.
|
||||
If negative, all bytes up to the first null are used.
|
||||
.AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *unicode in
|
||||
Points to the first byte of an array of Unicode characters
|
||||
used to set or append to a string value.
|
||||
This byte array may contain embedded null characters
|
||||
unless \fInumChars\fR is negative.
|
||||
.AP size_t numChars in
|
||||
.AP int numChars in
|
||||
The number of Unicode characters to copy from \fIunicode\fR when
|
||||
initializing, setting, or appending to a string value.
|
||||
If TCL_INDEX_NONE, all characters up to the first null character are used.
|
||||
.AP size_t index in
|
||||
If negative, all characters up to the first null character are used.
|
||||
.AP int index in
|
||||
The index of the Unicode character to return.
|
||||
.AP size_t first in
|
||||
.AP int first in
|
||||
The index of the first Unicode character in the Unicode range to be
|
||||
returned as a new value.
|
||||
.AP size_t last in
|
||||
.AP int last in
|
||||
The index of the last Unicode character in the Unicode range to be
|
||||
returned as a new value.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
|
||||
@@ -124,7 +127,7 @@ Null-terminated string value to append to \fIobjPtr\fR.
|
||||
.AP va_list argList in
|
||||
An argument list which must have been initialized using
|
||||
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
|
||||
.AP size_t limit in
|
||||
.AP int limit in
|
||||
Maximum number of bytes to be appended.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *ellipsis in
|
||||
Suffix to append when the limit leads to string truncation.
|
||||
@@ -137,7 +140,7 @@ Format control string including % conversion specifiers.
|
||||
The number of elements to format or concatenate.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objv[] in
|
||||
The array of values to format or concatenate.
|
||||
.AP size_t newLength in
|
||||
.AP int newLength in
|
||||
New length for the string value of \fIobjPtr\fR, not including the
|
||||
final null character.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
@@ -244,6 +247,12 @@ values may contain internal null characters). Any number of
|
||||
\fIstring\fR arguments may be provided, but the last argument
|
||||
must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR
|
||||
except that instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an
|
||||
argument list. Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be
|
||||
nonportable in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed
|
||||
in Tcl 9.0.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
|
||||
except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
|
||||
This can be handy when the string to be appended might be
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-6
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ and the Tcl \fBmemory\fR command can be used to validate and examine
|
||||
memory usage.
|
||||
.SH "GUARD ZONES"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When memory debugging is enabled, whenever a call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR is
|
||||
When memory debugging is enabled, whenever a call to \fBckalloc\fR is
|
||||
made, slightly more memory than requested is allocated so the memory
|
||||
debugging code can keep track of the allocated memory, and eight-byte
|
||||
.QW "guard zones"
|
||||
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ C #define \fBLOW_GUARD_SIZE\fR and #define \fBHIGH_GUARD_SIZE\fR
|
||||
in the file \fIgeneric/tclCkalloc.c\fR \(em it can
|
||||
be extended if you suspect large overwrite problems, at some cost in
|
||||
performance.) A known pattern is written into the guard zones and, on
|
||||
a call to \fBTcl_Free\fR, the guard zones of the space being freed are
|
||||
a call to \fBckfree\fR, the guard zones of the space being freed are
|
||||
checked to see if either zone has been modified in any way. If one
|
||||
has been, the guard bytes and their new contents are identified, and a
|
||||
.QW "low guard failed"
|
||||
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ or
|
||||
message is issued. The
|
||||
.QW "guard failed"
|
||||
message includes the address of the memory packet and
|
||||
the file name and line number of the code that called \fBTcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
the file name and line number of the code that called \fBckfree\fR.
|
||||
This allows you to detect the common sorts of one-off problems, where
|
||||
not enough space was allocated to contain the data written, for
|
||||
example.
|
||||
@@ -66,15 +66,15 @@ suspect (or know) that corruption is occurring before the Tcl
|
||||
interpreter comes up far enough for you to issue commands, you can set
|
||||
\fBMEM_VALIDATE\fR define, recompile tclCkalloc.c and rebuild Tcl.
|
||||
This will enable memory validation from the first call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, again, at a large performance impact.
|
||||
\fBckalloc\fR, again, at a large performance impact.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If you are desperate and validating memory on every call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR and \fBTcl_Free\fR is not enough, you can explicitly call
|
||||
\fBckalloc\fR and \fBckfree\fR is not enough, you can explicitly call
|
||||
\fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR directly at any point. It takes a \fIchar
|
||||
*\fR and an \fIint\fR which are normally the filename and line number
|
||||
of the caller, but they can actually be anything you want. Remember
|
||||
to remove the calls after you find the problem.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, memory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
|
||||
ckalloc, memory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
memory, debug
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-4
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The initial value for the checksum algorithm.
|
||||
.AP "unsigned char" *bytes in
|
||||
An array of bytes to run the checksum algorithm over, or NULL to get the
|
||||
recommended initial value for the checksum algorithm.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The number of bytes in the array.
|
||||
.AP int mode in
|
||||
What mode to operate the stream in. Should be either
|
||||
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ if the currently compressed data must be made available for access using
|
||||
into a state where the decompressor can recover from on corruption, or
|
||||
\fBTCL_ZLIB_FINALIZE\fR to ensure that the stream is finished and that any
|
||||
trailer demanded by the format is written.
|
||||
.AP size_t count in
|
||||
The maximum number of bytes to get from the stream, or TCL_INDEX_NONE to get
|
||||
all remaining bytes from the stream's buffers.
|
||||
.AP int count in
|
||||
The maximum number of bytes to get from the stream, or -1 to get all remaining
|
||||
bytes from the stream's buffers.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *compDict in
|
||||
A byte array value that is the compression dictionary to use with the stream.
|
||||
Note that this is \fInot a Tcl dictionary\fR, and it is recommended that this
|
||||
|
||||
+3
-3
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Id of the thread waited upon.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ThreadCreateProc *proc in
|
||||
This procedure will act as the \fBmain()\fR of the newly created
|
||||
thread. The specified \fIclientData\fR will be its sole argument.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary information. Passed as sole argument to the \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP int stackSize in
|
||||
The size of the stack given to the new thread.
|
||||
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ value and then finishes.
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
static \fBTcl_ThreadCreateType\fR
|
||||
MyThreadImplFunc(
|
||||
void *clientData)
|
||||
ClientData clientData)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, limit = (int) clientData;
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<limit ; i++) {
|
||||
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ would do this:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int limit = 1000000000;
|
||||
void *limitData = (void*)((intptr_t) limit);
|
||||
ClientData limitData = (void*)((intptr_t) limit);
|
||||
Tcl_ThreadId id; \fI/* holds identity of thread created */\fR
|
||||
int result;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_CommandTraceInfo, Tcl_TraceCommand, Tcl_UntraceCommand \- monitor renames an
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_CommandTraceInfo(\fIinterp, cmdName, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ OR'ed collection of the values \fBTCL_TRACE_RENAME\fR and
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_DELETE\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CommandTraceProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when specified operations occur to \fIcmdName\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary argument to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP void *prevClientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData prevClientData in
|
||||
If non-NULL, gives last value returned by \fBTcl_CommandTraceInfo\fR,
|
||||
so this call will return information about next trace. If NULL, this
|
||||
call will return information about first trace.
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ match the type \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIoldName\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fInewName\fR,
|
||||
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters will have the same
|
||||
values as those passed to \fBTcl_TraceCommand\fR when the trace was
|
||||
created. \fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
|
||||
created. \fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
|
||||
data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR is invoked.
|
||||
\fIOldName\fR gives the name of the command being renamed, and
|
||||
\fInewName\fR gives the name that the command is being renamed to (or
|
||||
|
||||
+11
-12
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 9.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ int
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_UntraceVar2(\fIinterp, name1, name2, flags, proc, clientData\fB)\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo(\fIinterp, varName, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void *
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2(\fIinterp, name1, name2, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS void *prevClientData
|
||||
.AS Tcl_VarTraceProc prevClientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter containing variable.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *varName in
|
||||
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Not all flags are used by all
|
||||
procedures. See below for more information.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke whenever one of the traced operations occurs.
|
||||
.AP void *clientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *name1 in
|
||||
Name of scalar or array variable (without array index).
|
||||
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Name of scalar or array variable (without array index).
|
||||
For a trace on an element of an array, gives the index of the
|
||||
element. For traces on scalar variables or on whole arrays,
|
||||
is NULL.
|
||||
.AP void *prevClientData in
|
||||
.AP ClientData prevClientData in
|
||||
If non-NULL, gives last value returned by \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo\fR or
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2\fR, so this call will return information about
|
||||
next trace. If NULL, this call will return information about first
|
||||
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ before an array set, but that will trigger write traces.
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR
|
||||
The result of invoking the \fIproc\fR is a dynamically allocated
|
||||
string that will be released by the Tcl library via a call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR. Must not be specified at the same time as
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR. Must not be specified at the same time as
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR
|
||||
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ It should have arguments and result that match the type
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef char *\fBTcl_VarTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
void *\fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIname1\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIname2\fR,
|
||||
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ typedef char *\fBTcl_VarTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters will
|
||||
have the same values as those passed to \fBTcl_TraceVar\fR when the
|
||||
trace was created.
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
|
||||
\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
|
||||
data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR
|
||||
is invoked.
|
||||
\fIName1\fR and \fIname2\fR give the name of the traced variable
|
||||
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ The return value must be a pointer to a static character string
|
||||
containing an error message,
|
||||
unless (\fIexactly\fR one of) the \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR and
|
||||
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR flags is set, which specify that the result is
|
||||
either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBTcl_Free\fR) or a
|
||||
either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBckfree\fR) or a
|
||||
Tcl_Obj* (cast to char* and to be released with
|
||||
\fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR) containing the error message.
|
||||
If a trace procedure returns an error, no further traces are
|
||||
@@ -333,8 +333,7 @@ The routine \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR is an important tool for this.
|
||||
When \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR returns 1, \fIproc\fR will not be able
|
||||
to invoke any scripts in \fIinterp\fR. You may encounter old code using
|
||||
a deprecated flag value \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR to signal this
|
||||
condition, but Tcl 9 no longer supports this. Any supported code
|
||||
must be converted to stop using it.
|
||||
condition, but any supported code should be converted to stop using it.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A trace procedure can be called at any time, even when there
|
||||
are partially formed results stored in the interpreter. If
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharLen\fR(\fIuniStr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, uniLength\fR)
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, uniLength\fR)
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharCaseMatch\fR(\fIuniStr, uniPattern, nocase\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, length\fR)
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, length\fR)
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR(\fIsrc, length\fR)
|
||||
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ int
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
|
||||
@@ -126,16 +126,18 @@ A null-terminated utf-16 string.
|
||||
A null-terminated utf-16 string.
|
||||
.AP "const unsigned short" *utf16Pattern in
|
||||
A null-terminated utf-16 string.
|
||||
.AP size_t length in
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters). If
|
||||
negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
|
||||
.AP size_t uniLength in
|
||||
.AP int uniLength in
|
||||
The length of the Unicode string in characters.
|
||||
.AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
|
||||
A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
|
||||
.AP "unsigned long" numChars in
|
||||
The number of characters to compare.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *start in
|
||||
Pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 string.
|
||||
.AP size_t index in
|
||||
.AP int index in
|
||||
The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string.
|
||||
.AP int *readPtr out
|
||||
If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,
|
||||
@@ -203,7 +205,7 @@ the number of Unicode characters (not bytes) in that string.
|
||||
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR and \fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR correspond to
|
||||
\fBstrncmp\fR and \fBstrncasecmp\fR, respectively, for Unicode characters.
|
||||
They accept two null-terminated Unicode strings and the number of characters
|
||||
to compare. Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIuniLength\fR characters
|
||||
to compare. Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR characters
|
||||
long. \fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR compares the two strings character-by-character
|
||||
according to the Unicode character ordering. It returns an integer greater
|
||||
than, equal to, or less than 0 if the first string is greater than, equal
|
||||
@@ -217,7 +219,7 @@ be case sensitive and returns whether the string matches the pattern.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR corresponds to \fBstrncmp\fR for UTF-8 strings. It
|
||||
accepts two null-terminated UTF-8 strings and the number of characters
|
||||
to compare. (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIlength\fR
|
||||
to compare. (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR
|
||||
characters long.) \fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR compares the two strings
|
||||
character-by-character according to the Unicode character ordering.
|
||||
It returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0 if the
|
||||
@@ -283,14 +285,17 @@ byte \fIsrc[0]\fR nor the byte \fIstart[-1]\fR nor the byte
|
||||
Pascal Ord() function. It returns the Unicode character represented at the
|
||||
specified character (not byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string
|
||||
\fIsrc\fR. The source string must contain at least \fIindex\fR
|
||||
characters. If \fIindex\fR is TCL_INDEX_NONE or \fIindex\fR points
|
||||
characters. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given or \fIindex\fR points
|
||||
to the second half of a surrogate pair, it returns -1.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR returns a pointer to the specified character (not
|
||||
byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The source string must
|
||||
contain at least \fIindex\fR characters. This is equivalent to calling
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR \fIindex\fR times. If \fIindex\fR is TCL_INDEX_NONE,
|
||||
the return pointer points to the first character in the source string.
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR \fIindex\fR times, except if that would return
|
||||
a pointer to the second byte of a valid 4-byte UTF-8 sequence, in which
|
||||
case, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will be called once more to find the end
|
||||
of the sequence. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given, the returned pointer
|
||||
points to the first character in the source string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the Tcl
|
||||
commands. It parses a backslash sequence and stores the properly formed
|
||||
|
||||
+60
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH case n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
case \- Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? \fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? {\fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?}
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fINote: the \fBcase\fI command is obsolete and is supported only
|
||||
for backward compatibility. At some point in the future it may be
|
||||
removed entirely. You should use the \fBswitch\fI command instead.\fR
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBcase\fR command matches \fIstring\fR against each of
|
||||
the \fIpatList\fR arguments in order.
|
||||
Each \fIpatList\fR argument is a list of one or
|
||||
more patterns. If any of these patterns matches \fIstring\fR then
|
||||
\fBcase\fR evaluates the following \fIbody\fR argument
|
||||
by passing it recursively to the Tcl interpreter and returns the result
|
||||
of that evaluation.
|
||||
Each \fIpatList\fR argument consists of a single
|
||||
pattern or list of patterns. Each pattern may contain any of the wild-cards
|
||||
described under \fBstring match\fR. If a \fIpatList\fR
|
||||
argument is \fBdefault\fR, the corresponding body will be evaluated
|
||||
if no \fIpatList\fR matches \fIstring\fR. If no \fIpatList\fR argument
|
||||
matches \fIstring\fR and no default is given, then the \fBcase\fR
|
||||
command returns an empty string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Two syntaxes are provided for the \fIpatList\fR and \fIbody\fR arguments.
|
||||
The first uses a separate argument for each of the patterns and commands;
|
||||
this form is convenient if substitutions are desired on some of the
|
||||
patterns or commands.
|
||||
The second form places all of the patterns and commands together into
|
||||
a single argument; the argument must have proper list structure, with
|
||||
the elements of the list being the patterns and commands.
|
||||
The second form makes it easy to construct multi-line case commands,
|
||||
since the braces around the whole list make it unnecessary to include a
|
||||
backslash at the end of each line.
|
||||
Since the \fIpatList\fR arguments are in braces in the second form,
|
||||
no command or variable substitutions are performed on them; this makes
|
||||
the behavior of the second form different than the first form in some
|
||||
cases.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
switch(n)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
case, match, regular expression
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ for reading from slots is via \fBinfo class\fR and \fBinfo object\fR).
|
||||
.SH EXAMPLES
|
||||
This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
|
||||
\fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
|
||||
illustrating four of their subcommands.
|
||||
illustrating four of the subcommands of them.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
oo::class create c
|
||||
|
||||
+15
-4
@@ -41,6 +41,12 @@ When an expression evaluates to an integer, the value is the decimal form of
|
||||
the integer, and when an expression evaluates to a floating-point number, the
|
||||
value is the form produced by the \fB%g\fR format specifier of Tcl's
|
||||
\fBformat\fR command.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.VS "TIP 582"
|
||||
You can use \fB#\fR at any point in the expression (except inside double
|
||||
quotes or braces) to start a comment. Comments last to the end of the line or
|
||||
the end of the expression, whichever comes first.
|
||||
.VE "TIP 582"
|
||||
.SS OPERANDS
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
An expression consists of a combination of operands, operators, parentheses and
|
||||
@@ -82,9 +88,9 @@ produces the value on the right side.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
.ta 9c
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR 3.1 + $a \fI6.1\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR 2 + "$a.$b" \fI5.6\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR 4*[llength "6 2"] \fI8\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {3.1 + $a} \fI6.1\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {2 + "$a.$b"} \fI5.6\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {4*[llength "6 2"]} \fI8\fR
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {{word one} < "word $a"} \fI0\fR
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -95,6 +101,8 @@ first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
|
||||
(the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
|
||||
(the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
|
||||
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form. For
|
||||
compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
|
||||
interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBFloating-point value\fR
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -268,7 +276,7 @@ which means that operands are not evaluated if they are
|
||||
not needed to determine the outcome. For example, in
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {$v ? [a] : [b]}
|
||||
\fBexpr\fR {$v?[a]:[b]}
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
only one of \fB[a]\fR or \fB[b]\fR is evaluated,
|
||||
@@ -485,7 +493,9 @@ value of true:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
set isTrue [\fBexpr\fR {
|
||||
# Does the environment variable exist, and...
|
||||
[info exists ::env(SOME_ENV_VAR)] &&
|
||||
# ...does it contain a proper true value?
|
||||
[string is true -strict $::env(SOME_ENV_VAR)]
|
||||
}]
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
@@ -508,4 +518,5 @@ Copyright \(co 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
'\" Local Variables:
|
||||
'\" mode: nroff
|
||||
'\" fill-column: 78
|
||||
'\" End:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -375,6 +375,10 @@ Returns a Tcl list of the names of all the child interpreters associated
|
||||
with the interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. If \fIpath\fR is omitted,
|
||||
the invoking interpreter is used.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBinterp\fR \fBslaves\fR ?\fIpath\fR?
|
||||
.
|
||||
Synonym for . \fBinterp\fR \fBchildren\fR ?\fIpath\fR?
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBinterp\fR \fBtarget\fR \fIpath alias\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
Returns a Tcl list describing the target interpreter for an alias. The
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ The following is a minimal extension:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
#include <tcl.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
static int fooCmd(void *clientData,
|
||||
static int fooCmd(ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) {
|
||||
printf("called with %d arguments\en", objc);
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ These options may be given with all matching styles.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Changes the result to be the list of all matching indices (or all matching
|
||||
values if \fB\-inline\fR is specified as well.) If indices are returned, the
|
||||
indices will be in ascending numeric order. If values are returned, the order
|
||||
of the values will be the order of those values within the input \fIlist\fR.
|
||||
indices will be in numeric order. If values are returned, the order of the
|
||||
values will be the order of those values within the input \fIlist\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\-inline\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -116,8 +116,6 @@ The indicated return value also becomes the new value of \fIx\fR
|
||||
\fBlset\fR x {2 1} j
|
||||
\fI\(-> {a b c} {d e f} {g j i}\fR
|
||||
\fBlset\fR x {2 3} j
|
||||
\fI\(-> {a b c} {d e f} {g h i j}\fR
|
||||
\fBlset\fR x {2 4} j
|
||||
\fI\(-> list index out of range\fR
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-1
@@ -124,7 +124,10 @@ of which work solely with floating-point numbers unless otherwise noted:
|
||||
In addition to these predefined functions, applications may
|
||||
define additional functions by using \fBproc\fR (or any other method,
|
||||
such as \fBinterp alias\fR or \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR) to define
|
||||
new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
|
||||
new commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace. In addition, an
|
||||
obsolete interface named \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR() is available to
|
||||
extensions that are written in C. The latter interface is not recommended
|
||||
for new implementations.
|
||||
.SS "DETAILED DEFINITIONS"
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBabs \fIarg\fR
|
||||
|
||||
+16
-16
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Write a list of all currently allocated memory to the specified \fIfile\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory break_on_malloc\fR \fIcount\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
After the \fIcount\fR allocations have been performed, \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
|
||||
After the \fIcount\fR allocations have been performed, \fBckalloc\fR
|
||||
outputs a message to this effect and that it is now attempting to enter
|
||||
the C debugger. Tcl will then issue a \fISIGINT\fR signal against itself.
|
||||
If you are running Tcl under a C debugger, it should then enter the debugger
|
||||
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ command mode.
|
||||
.
|
||||
Returns a report containing the total allocations and frees since
|
||||
Tcl began, the current packets allocated (the current
|
||||
number of calls to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR not met by a corresponding call
|
||||
to \fBTcl_Free\fR), the current bytes allocated, and the maximum number
|
||||
number of calls to \fBckalloc\fR not met by a corresponding call
|
||||
to \fBckfree\fR), the current bytes allocated, and the maximum number
|
||||
of packets and bytes allocated.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory init \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
|
||||
@@ -59,34 +59,34 @@ that memory is properly cleaned up during process exit.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory tag\fR \fIstring\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
Each packet of memory allocated by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR can have associated
|
||||
Each packet of memory allocated by \fBckalloc\fR can have associated
|
||||
with it a string-valued tag. In the lists of allocated memory generated
|
||||
by \fBmemory active\fR and \fBmemory onexit\fR, the tag for each packet
|
||||
is printed along with other information about the packet. The
|
||||
\fBmemory tag\fR command sets the tag value for subsequent calls
|
||||
to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR to be \fIstring\fR.
|
||||
to \fBckalloc\fR to be \fIstring\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory trace \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
|
||||
.
|
||||
Turns memory tracing on or off. When memory tracing is on, every call
|
||||
to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR causes a line of trace information to be written to
|
||||
\fIstderr\fR, consisting of the word \fITcl_Alloc\fR, followed by the
|
||||
to \fBckalloc\fR causes a line of trace information to be written to
|
||||
\fIstderr\fR, consisting of the word \fIckalloc\fR, followed by the
|
||||
address returned, the amount of memory allocated, and the C filename
|
||||
and line number of the code performing the allocation. For example:
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc 40e478 98 tclProc.c 1406
|
||||
ckalloc 40e478 98 tclProc.c 1406
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Calls to \fBTcl_Free\fR are traced in the same manner.
|
||||
Calls to \fBckfree\fR are traced in the same manner.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBmemory trace_on_at_malloc\fR \fIcount\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
Enable memory tracing after \fIcount\fR \fBTcl_Alloc\fRs have been performed.
|
||||
Enable memory tracing after \fIcount\fR \fBckalloc\fRs have been performed.
|
||||
For example, if you enter \fBmemory trace_on_at_malloc 100\fR,
|
||||
after the 100th call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, memory trace information will begin
|
||||
after the 100th call to \fBckalloc\fR, memory trace information will begin
|
||||
being displayed for all allocations and frees. Since there can be a lot
|
||||
of memory activity before a problem occurs, judicious use of this option
|
||||
can reduce the slowdown caused by tracing (and the amount of trace information
|
||||
@@ -97,17 +97,17 @@ occurred since Tcl started is printed on a guard zone failure.
|
||||
\fBmemory validate \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
|
||||
.
|
||||
Turns memory validation on or off. When memory validation is enabled,
|
||||
on every call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBTcl_Free\fR, the guard zones are
|
||||
on every call to \fBckalloc\fR or \fBckfree\fR, the guard zones are
|
||||
checked for every piece of memory currently in existence that was
|
||||
allocated by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR. This has a large performance impact and
|
||||
allocated by \fBckalloc\fR. This has a large performance impact and
|
||||
should only be used when overwrite problems are strongly suspected.
|
||||
The advantage of enabling memory validation is that a guard zone
|
||||
overwrite can be detected on the first call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR after the overwrite occurred, rather than when the
|
||||
overwrite can be detected on the first call to \fBckalloc\fR or
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR after the overwrite occurred, rather than when the
|
||||
specific memory with the overwritten guard zone(s) is freed, which may
|
||||
occur long after the overwrite occurred.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
ckalloc, ckfree, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
memory, debug
|
||||
'\"Local Variables:
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ value of \fBU+\fI10ffff\fR.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\ev\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
vertical tab, as in C
|
||||
vertical tab, as in C are all available.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fB\ex\fIhh\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
|
||||
+4
-2
@@ -224,10 +224,12 @@ set string "#08D03F"
|
||||
\fBscan\fR $string "#%2x%2x%2x" r g b
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string:
|
||||
Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string, noting that this avoids problems with
|
||||
octal numbers by forcing interpretation as decimals (if we did not
|
||||
care, we would use the \fB%i\fR conversion instead):
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
set string "08:08"
|
||||
set string "08:08" ;# *Not* octal!
|
||||
if {[\fBscan\fR $string "%d:%d" hours minutes] != 2} {
|
||||
error "not a valid time string"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+65
-1
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
|
||||
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
@@ -354,6 +354,70 @@ This gives the size of the native-machine word in bytes (strictly, it
|
||||
is same as the result of evaluating \fIsizeof(long)\fR in C.)
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBtcl_precision\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
This variable controls the number of digits to generate
|
||||
when converting floating-point values to strings. It defaults
|
||||
to 0. \fIApplications should not change this value;\fR it is
|
||||
provided for compatibility with legacy code.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
The default value of 0 is special, meaning that Tcl should
|
||||
convert numbers using as few digits as possible while still
|
||||
distinguishing any floating point number from its nearest
|
||||
neighbours. It differs from using an arbitrarily high value
|
||||
for \fItcl_precision\fR in that an inexact number like \fI1.4\fR
|
||||
will convert as \fI1.4\fR rather than \fI1.3999999999999999\fR
|
||||
even though the latter is nearer to the exact value of the
|
||||
binary number.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
If \fBtcl_precision\fR is not zero, then when Tcl converts a floating
|
||||
point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most
|
||||
\fBtcl_precision\fR significant digits; the result may be shorter if
|
||||
the shorter result represents the original number exactly. If no
|
||||
result of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR digits is an exact representation
|
||||
of the original number, the one that is closest to the original
|
||||
number is chosen.
|
||||
If the original number lies precisely between two equally accurate
|
||||
decimal representations, then the one with an even value for the least
|
||||
significant digit is chosen; for instance, if \fBtcl_precision\fR is 3, then
|
||||
0.3125 will convert to 0.312, not 0.313, while 0.6875 will convert to
|
||||
0.688, not 0.687. Any string of trailing zeroes that remains is trimmed.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
a \fBtcl_precision\fR value of 17 digits is
|
||||
.QW perfect
|
||||
for IEEE floating-point in that it allows
|
||||
double-precision values to be converted to strings and back to
|
||||
binary with no loss of information. For this reason, you will often
|
||||
see it as a value in legacy code that must run on Tcl versions before
|
||||
8.5. It is no longer recommended; as noted above, a zero value is the
|
||||
preferred method.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
All interpreters in a thread share a single \fBtcl_precision\fR value:
|
||||
changing it in one interpreter will affect all other interpreters as
|
||||
well. Safe interpreters are not allowed to modify the
|
||||
variable.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
Valid values for \fBtcl_precision\fR range from 0 to 17.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBtcl_rcFileName\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
This variable is used during initialization to indicate the name of a
|
||||
user-specific startup file. If it is set by application-specific
|
||||
initialization, then the Tcl startup code will check for the existence
|
||||
of this file and \fBsource\fR it if it exists. For example, for \fBwish\fR
|
||||
the variable is set to \fB~/.wishrc\fR for Unix and \fB~/wishrc.tcl\fR
|
||||
for Windows.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
\fBtcl_traceCompile\fR
|
||||
.
|
||||
The value of this variable can be set to control
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ lexescape(
|
||||
* Ugly heuristic (first test is "exactly 1 digit?")
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (v->now - save == 0 || ((int) c > 0 && (size_t)c <= v->nsubexp)) {
|
||||
if (v->now - save == 0 || ((int) c > 0 && (int)c <= v->nsubexp)) {
|
||||
NOTE(REG_UBACKREF);
|
||||
RETV(BACKREF, (chr)c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+37
-36
@@ -805,6 +805,8 @@ static const chr graphCharTable[] = {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* End of auto-generated Unicode character ranges declarations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define CH NOCELT
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
- element - map collating-element name to celt
|
||||
@@ -897,9 +899,9 @@ range(
|
||||
|
||||
for (c=a; c<=b; c++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, c);
|
||||
lc = Tcl_UniCharToLower(c);
|
||||
uc = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(c);
|
||||
tc = Tcl_UniCharToTitle(c);
|
||||
lc = Tcl_UniCharToLower((chr)c);
|
||||
uc = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((chr)c);
|
||||
tc = Tcl_UniCharToTitle((chr)c);
|
||||
if (c != lc) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, lc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -948,11 +950,11 @@ eclass(
|
||||
|
||||
if ((v->cflags®_FAKE) && c == 'x') {
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, 4, 0);
|
||||
addchr(cv, 'x');
|
||||
addchr(cv, 'y');
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)'x');
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)'y');
|
||||
if (cases) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, 'X');
|
||||
addchr(cv, 'Y');
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)'X');
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)'Y');
|
||||
}
|
||||
return cv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -966,7 +968,7 @@ eclass(
|
||||
}
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, 1, 0);
|
||||
assert(cv != NULL);
|
||||
addchr(cv, c);
|
||||
addchr(cv, (chr)c);
|
||||
return cv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -987,8 +989,7 @@ cclass(
|
||||
Tcl_DString ds;
|
||||
const char *np;
|
||||
const char *const *namePtr;
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
int i, index;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following arrays define the valid character class names.
|
||||
@@ -1011,7 +1012,7 @@ cclass(
|
||||
|
||||
len = endp - startp;
|
||||
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
|
||||
np = Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString(startp, len, &ds);
|
||||
np = Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString(startp, (int)len, &ds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Map the name to the corresponding enumerated value.
|
||||
@@ -1046,14 +1047,14 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_ALNUM:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_ALPHA_CHAR, NUM_DIGIT_RANGE + NUM_ALPHA_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_ALPHA_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_ALPHA_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, alphaCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_ALPHA_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_ALPHA_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, alphaRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
alphaRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_DIGIT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_DIGIT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, digitRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
digitRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1062,11 +1063,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_ALPHA:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_ALPHA_CHAR, NUM_ALPHA_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_ALPHA_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_ALPHA_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, alphaRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
alphaRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_ALPHA_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_ALPHA_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, alphaCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1085,11 +1086,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_CNTRL:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_CONTROL_CHAR, NUM_CONTROL_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_CONTROL_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_CONTROL_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, controlRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
controlRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_CONTROL_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_CONTROL_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, controlCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1097,7 +1098,7 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_DIGIT:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, 0, NUM_DIGIT_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_DIGIT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_DIGIT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, digitRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
digitRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1106,11 +1107,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_PUNCT:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_PUNCT_CHAR, NUM_PUNCT_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_PUNCT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_PUNCT_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, punctRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
punctRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_PUNCT_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_PUNCT_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, punctCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1135,11 +1136,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_SPACE:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_SPACE_CHAR, NUM_SPACE_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_SPACE_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_SPACE_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, spaceRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
spaceRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_SPACE_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_SPACE_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, spaceCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1147,11 +1148,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_LOWER:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_LOWER_CHAR, NUM_LOWER_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_LOWER_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_LOWER_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, lowerRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
lowerRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_LOWER_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_LOWER_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, lowerCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1159,11 +1160,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_UPPER:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_UPPER_CHAR, NUM_UPPER_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_UPPER_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_UPPER_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, upperRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
upperRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_UPPER_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_UPPER_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, upperCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1171,18 +1172,18 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_PRINT:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_SPACE_CHAR + NUM_GRAPH_CHAR, NUM_SPACE_RANGE + NUM_GRAPH_RANGE - 1);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=1 ; i<NUM_SPACE_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=1 ; (size_t)i<NUM_SPACE_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, spaceRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
spaceRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_SPACE_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_SPACE_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, spaceCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_GRAPH_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_GRAPH_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, graphRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
graphRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_GRAPH_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_GRAPH_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, graphCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1190,11 +1191,11 @@ cclass(
|
||||
case CC_GRAPH:
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, NUM_GRAPH_CHAR, NUM_GRAPH_RANGE);
|
||||
if (cv) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_GRAPH_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_GRAPH_RANGE ; i++) {
|
||||
addrange(cv, graphRangeTable[i].start,
|
||||
graphRangeTable[i].end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i=0 ; i<NUM_GRAPH_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
for (i=0 ; (size_t)i<NUM_GRAPH_CHAR ; i++) {
|
||||
addchr(cv, graphCharTable[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1221,9 +1222,9 @@ allcases(
|
||||
chr c = (chr)pc;
|
||||
chr lc, uc, tc;
|
||||
|
||||
lc = Tcl_UniCharToLower(c);
|
||||
uc = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(c);
|
||||
tc = Tcl_UniCharToTitle(c);
|
||||
lc = Tcl_UniCharToLower((chr)c);
|
||||
uc = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((chr)c);
|
||||
tc = Tcl_UniCharToTitle((chr)c);
|
||||
|
||||
if (tc != uc) {
|
||||
cv = getcvec(v, 3, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
+14
-13
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
|
||||
/* automatically gathered by fwd; do not hand-edit */
|
||||
/* === regcomp.c === */
|
||||
int compile(regex_t *, const chr *, size_t, int);
|
||||
static void moresubs(struct vars *, size_t);
|
||||
static void moresubs(struct vars *, int);
|
||||
static int freev(struct vars *, int);
|
||||
static void makesearch(struct vars *, struct nfa *);
|
||||
static struct subre *parse(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *);
|
||||
@@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ struct vars {
|
||||
int cflags; /* copy of compile flags */
|
||||
int lasttype; /* type of previous token */
|
||||
int nexttype; /* type of next token */
|
||||
size_t nextvalue; /* value (if any) of next token */
|
||||
int nextvalue; /* value (if any) of next token */
|
||||
int lexcon; /* lexical context type (see lex.c) */
|
||||
size_t nsubexp; /* subexpression count */
|
||||
int nsubexp; /* subexpression count */
|
||||
struct subre **subs; /* subRE pointer vector */
|
||||
size_t nsubs; /* length of vector */
|
||||
int nsubs; /* length of vector */
|
||||
struct subre *sub10[10]; /* initial vector, enough for most */
|
||||
struct nfa *nfa; /* the NFA */
|
||||
struct colormap *cm; /* character color map */
|
||||
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ struct vars {
|
||||
struct cvec *cv; /* interface cvec */
|
||||
struct cvec *cv2; /* utility cvec */
|
||||
struct subre *lacons; /* lookahead-constraint vector */
|
||||
size_t nlacons; /* size of lacons */
|
||||
int nlacons; /* size of lacons */
|
||||
size_t spaceused; /* approx. space used for compilation */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ compile(
|
||||
{
|
||||
AllocVars(v);
|
||||
struct guts *g;
|
||||
size_t i, j;
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
FILE *debug = (flags®_PROGRESS) ? stdout : NULL;
|
||||
#define CNOERR() { if (ISERR()) return freev(v, v->err); }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -338,6 +338,7 @@ compile(
|
||||
v->spaceused = 0;
|
||||
re->re_magic = REMAGIC;
|
||||
re->re_info = 0; /* bits get set during parse */
|
||||
re->re_csize = sizeof(chr);
|
||||
re->re_guts = NULL;
|
||||
re->re_fns = (void*)(&functions);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -410,7 +411,7 @@ compile(
|
||||
assert(v->nlacons == 0 || v->lacons != NULL);
|
||||
for (i = 1; i < v->nlacons; i++) {
|
||||
if (debug != NULL) {
|
||||
fprintf(debug, "\n\n\n========= LA%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d ==========\n", i);
|
||||
fprintf(debug, "\n\n\n========= LA%d ==========\n", i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
nfanode(v, &v->lacons[i], debug);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -466,15 +467,15 @@ compile(
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
- moresubs - enlarge subRE vector
|
||||
^ static void moresubs(struct vars *, size_t);
|
||||
^ static void moresubs(struct vars *, int);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
moresubs(
|
||||
struct vars *v,
|
||||
size_t wanted) /* want enough room for this one */
|
||||
int wanted) /* want enough room for this one */
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct subre **p;
|
||||
size_t n;
|
||||
int n;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(wanted > 0 && wanted >= v->nsubs);
|
||||
n = wanted * 3 / 2 + 1;
|
||||
@@ -794,7 +795,7 @@ parseqatom(
|
||||
struct subre *t;
|
||||
int cap; /* capturing parens? */
|
||||
int pos; /* positive lookahead? */
|
||||
size_t subno; /* capturing-parens or backref number */
|
||||
int subno; /* capturing-parens or backref number */
|
||||
int atomtype;
|
||||
int qprefer; /* quantifier short/long preference */
|
||||
int f;
|
||||
@@ -2064,8 +2065,8 @@ dump(
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf(f, "\n\n\n========= DUMP ==========\n");
|
||||
fprintf(f, "nsub %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d, info 0%lo, ntree %d\n",
|
||||
re->re_nsub, re->re_info, g->ntree);
|
||||
fprintf(f, "nsub %d, info 0%lo, csize %d, ntree %d\n",
|
||||
(int) re->re_nsub, re->re_info, re->re_csize, g->ntree);
|
||||
|
||||
dumpcolors(&g->cmap, f);
|
||||
if (!NULLCNFA(g->search)) {
|
||||
|
||||
+7
-3
@@ -36,9 +36,9 @@
|
||||
* Overrides for regguts.h definitions, if any.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define MALLOC(n) Tcl_AttemptAlloc(n)
|
||||
#define FREE(p) Tcl_Free(p)
|
||||
#define REALLOC(p,n) Tcl_AttemptRealloc(p,n)
|
||||
#define MALLOC(n) (void*)(attemptckalloc(n))
|
||||
#define FREE(p) ckfree((void*)(p))
|
||||
#define REALLOC(p,n) (void*)(attemptckrealloc((void*)(p),n))
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Do not insert extras between the "begin" and "end" lines - this chunk is
|
||||
@@ -56,6 +56,9 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_WIDE_EXEC
|
||||
#undef __REG_WIDE_EXEC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
#undef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_NOFRONT
|
||||
#undef __REG_NOFRONT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -64,6 +67,7 @@
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Interface types */
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_T Tcl_UniChar
|
||||
#define __REG_REGOFF_T long /* Not really right, but good enough... */
|
||||
/* Names and declarations */
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_COMPILE TclReComp
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_EXEC TclReExec
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ regerror(
|
||||
if (r->code >= 0) {
|
||||
msg = r->name;
|
||||
} else { /* Unknown; tell him the number */
|
||||
sprintf(convbuf, "REG_%u", icode);
|
||||
sprintf(convbuf, "REG_%u", (unsigned)icode);
|
||||
msg = convbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
+19
-3
@@ -89,6 +89,9 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_WIDE_EXEC
|
||||
#undef __REG_WIDE_EXEC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
#undef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_NOFRONT
|
||||
#undef __REG_NOFRONT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -97,6 +100,7 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* interface types */
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_T Tcl_UniChar
|
||||
#define __REG_REGOFF_T long /* not really right, but good enough... */
|
||||
/* names and declarations */
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_COMPILE TclReComp
|
||||
#define __REG_WIDE_EXEC TclReExec
|
||||
@@ -110,6 +114,17 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
* interface types etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* regoff_t has to be large enough to hold either off_t or ssize_t, and must
|
||||
* be signed; it's only a guess that long is suitable, so we offer
|
||||
* <sys/types.h> an override.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __REG_REGOFF_T
|
||||
typedef __REG_REGOFF_T regoff_t;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef long regoff_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* other interface types
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -117,8 +132,8 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
/* the biggie, a compiled RE (or rather, a front end to same) */
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
int re_magic; /* magic number */
|
||||
long re_info; /* information about RE */
|
||||
size_t re_nsub; /* number of subexpressions */
|
||||
long re_info; /* information about RE */
|
||||
#define REG_UBACKREF 000001
|
||||
#define REG_ULOOKAHEAD 000002
|
||||
#define REG_UBOUNDS 000004
|
||||
@@ -133,6 +148,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
#define REG_UEMPTYMATCH 004000
|
||||
#define REG_UIMPOSSIBLE 010000
|
||||
#define REG_USHORTEST 020000
|
||||
int re_csize; /* sizeof(character) */
|
||||
char *re_endp; /* backward compatibility kludge */
|
||||
/* the rest is opaque pointers to hidden innards */
|
||||
void *re_guts;
|
||||
@@ -141,8 +157,8 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
|
||||
/* result reporting (may acquire more fields later) */
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
size_t rm_so; /* start of substring */
|
||||
size_t rm_eo; /* end of substring */
|
||||
regoff_t rm_so; /* start of substring */
|
||||
regoff_t rm_eo; /* end of substring */
|
||||
} regmatch_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* supplementary control and reporting */
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -186,6 +186,10 @@ exec(
|
||||
FreeVars(v);
|
||||
return REG_INVARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (re->re_csize != sizeof(chr)) {
|
||||
FreeVars(v);
|
||||
return REG_MIXED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Setup.
|
||||
|
||||
+380
-441
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+389
-157
@@ -48,15 +48,30 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
* tools/tcl.hpj.in (not patchlevel, for windows installer)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION 9
|
||||
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION 0
|
||||
#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION 8
|
||||
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION 7
|
||||
#define TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
|
||||
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL 2
|
||||
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL 4
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_VERSION "9.0"
|
||||
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL "9.0a2"
|
||||
#define TCL_VERSION "8.7"
|
||||
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL "8.7a4"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RC_INVOKED)
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(RC_INVOKED)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* The following definitions set up the proper options for Windows compilers.
|
||||
* We use this method because there is no autoconf equivalent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
# ifndef __WIN32__
|
||||
# define __WIN32__
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef WIN32
|
||||
# define WIN32
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Utility macros: STRINGIFY takes an argument and wraps it in "" (double
|
||||
* quotation marks), JOIN joins two arguments.
|
||||
@@ -70,7 +85,11 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
# define JOIN(a,b) JOIN1(a,b)
|
||||
# define JOIN1(a,b) a##b
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* RC_INVOKED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_THREADS
|
||||
# define TCL_THREADS 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
|
||||
@@ -101,11 +120,32 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Support for functions with a variable number of arguments.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following TCL_VARARGS* macros are to support old extensions
|
||||
* written for older versions of Tcl where the macros permitted
|
||||
* support for the varargs.h system as well as stdarg.h .
|
||||
*
|
||||
* New code should just directly be written to use stdarg.h conventions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
# define TCL_VARARGS(type, name) (type name, ...)
|
||||
# define TCL_VARARGS_DEF(type, name) (type name, ...)
|
||||
# define TCL_VARARGS_START(type, name, list) (va_start(list, name), name)
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
|
||||
# define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, a, b)))
|
||||
# define TCL_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
||||
# define TCL_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
|
||||
# define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
||||
# if defined(BUILD_tcl) || defined(BUILD_tk)
|
||||
# define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define TCL_NORETURN1 /* nothing */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b)
|
||||
# if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310)
|
||||
@@ -201,7 +241,33 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(CONST86) && !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following _ANSI_ARGS_ macro is to support old extensions
|
||||
* written for older versions of Tcl where it permitted support
|
||||
* for compilers written in the pre-prototype era of C.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* New code should use prototypes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
# undef _ANSI_ARGS_
|
||||
# define _ANSI_ARGS_(x) x
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Definitions that allow this header file to be used either with or without
|
||||
* ANSI C features.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INLINE
|
||||
# define INLINE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef CONST
|
||||
# define CONST const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CONST86
|
||||
# define CONST86 const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -219,11 +285,41 @@ extern "C" {
|
||||
# define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* The following code is copied from winnt.h. If we don't replicate it here,
|
||||
* then <windows.h> can't be included after tcl.h, since tcl.h also defines
|
||||
* VOID. This block is skipped under Cygwin and Mingw.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID)
|
||||
#ifndef VOID
|
||||
#define VOID void
|
||||
typedef char CHAR;
|
||||
typedef short SHORT;
|
||||
typedef long LONG;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* _WIN32 && !HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Macro to use instead of "void" for arguments that must have type "void *"
|
||||
* in ANSI C; maps them to type "char *" in non-ANSI systems.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __VXWORKS__
|
||||
# define VOID void
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Miscellaneous declarations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void *ClientData;
|
||||
#ifndef _CLIENTDATA
|
||||
typedef void *ClientData;
|
||||
# define _CLIENTDATA
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Darwin specific configure overrides (to support fat compiles, where
|
||||
@@ -308,7 +404,15 @@ typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE Tcl_WideUInt;
|
||||
#define Tcl_DoubleAsWide(val) ((Tcl_WideInt)((double)(val)))
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
typedef struct __stat64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
||||
typedef struct stati64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# elif defined(_WIN64) || defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T)
|
||||
typedef struct __stat64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# elif (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1400)) || defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T)
|
||||
typedef struct _stati64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
typedef struct _stat32i64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
# endif /* _MSC_VER < 1400 */
|
||||
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
dev_t st_dev;
|
||||
@@ -321,9 +425,10 @@ typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE Tcl_WideUInt;
|
||||
dev_t st_rdev;
|
||||
/* Here is a 4-byte gap */
|
||||
long long st_size;
|
||||
struct {long long tv_sec;} st_atim;
|
||||
struct {long long tv_sec;} st_mtim;
|
||||
struct {long long tv_sec;} st_ctim;
|
||||
struct {long tv_sec;} st_atim;
|
||||
struct {long tv_sec;} st_mtim;
|
||||
struct {long tv_sec;} st_ctim;
|
||||
/* Here is a 4-byte gap */
|
||||
} Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64) && !defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
typedef struct stat64 Tcl_StatBuf;
|
||||
@@ -351,7 +456,17 @@ typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE Tcl_WideUInt;
|
||||
* accessed with Tcl_GetObjResult() and Tcl_SetObjResult().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Interp Tcl_Interp;
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Interp
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* TIP #330: Strongly discourage extensions from using the string
|
||||
* result. */
|
||||
char *resultDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
|
||||
void (*freeProcDontUse) (char *); /* Don't use in extensions! */
|
||||
int errorLineDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
Tcl_Interp;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_AsyncHandler_ *Tcl_AsyncHandler;
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Channel_ *Tcl_Channel;
|
||||
@@ -382,9 +497,9 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ZLibStream_ *Tcl_ZlibStream;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32
|
||||
typedef unsigned (__stdcall Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef unsigned (__stdcall Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -450,18 +565,19 @@ typedef void (Tcl_ThreadCreateProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_RegExpIndices {
|
||||
size_t start; /* Character offset of first character in
|
||||
long start; /* Character offset of first character in
|
||||
* match. */
|
||||
size_t end; /* Character offset of first character after
|
||||
long end; /* Character offset of first character after
|
||||
* the match. */
|
||||
} Tcl_RegExpIndices;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_RegExpInfo {
|
||||
size_t nsubs; /* Number of subexpressions in the compiled
|
||||
int nsubs; /* Number of subexpressions in the compiled
|
||||
* expression. */
|
||||
Tcl_RegExpIndices *matches; /* Array of nsubs match offset pairs. */
|
||||
size_t extendStart; /* The offset at which a subsequent match
|
||||
long extendStart; /* The offset at which a subsequent match
|
||||
* might begin. */
|
||||
long reserved; /* Reserved for later use. */
|
||||
} Tcl_RegExpInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -499,6 +615,10 @@ typedef struct stat *Tcl_OldStat_;
|
||||
#define TCL_BREAK 3
|
||||
#define TCL_CONTINUE 4
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
#define TCL_RESULT_SIZE 200
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Flags to control what substitutions are performed by Tcl_SubstObj():
|
||||
@@ -509,6 +629,27 @@ typedef struct stat *Tcl_OldStat_;
|
||||
#define TCL_SUBST_BACKSLASHES 004
|
||||
#define TCL_SUBST_ALL 007
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Argument descriptors for math function callbacks in expressions:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
TCL_INT, TCL_DOUBLE, TCL_EITHER, TCL_WIDE_INT
|
||||
} Tcl_ValueType;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Value {
|
||||
Tcl_ValueType type; /* Indicates intValue or doubleValue is valid,
|
||||
* or both. */
|
||||
long intValue; /* Integer value. */
|
||||
double doubleValue; /* Double-precision floating value. */
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt wideValue; /* Wide (min. 64-bit) integer value. */
|
||||
} Tcl_Value;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define Tcl_ValueType void /* Just enough to prevent compilation error in Tcl */
|
||||
#define Tcl_Value void /* Just enough to prevent compilation error in Tcl */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Forward declaration of Tcl_Obj to prevent an error when the forward
|
||||
* reference to Tcl_Obj is encountered in the function types declared below.
|
||||
@@ -522,60 +663,62 @@ struct Tcl_Obj;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_AppInitProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_AsyncProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_AsyncProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int code);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ChannelProc) (void *clientData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CloseProc) (void *data);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_CmdProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ChannelProc) (ClientData clientData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CloseProc) (ClientData data);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_CmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int argc, const char *argv[]);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdTraceProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int level, char *command, Tcl_CmdProc *proc,
|
||||
void *cmdClientData, int argc, const char *argv[]);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_CmdObjTraceProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
ClientData cmdClientData, int argc, const char *argv[]);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_CmdObjTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int level, const char *command, Tcl_Command commandInfo, int objc,
|
||||
struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DupInternalRepProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
|
||||
struct Tcl_Obj *dupPtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EncodingConvertProc) (void *clientData, const char *src,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EncodingConvertProc) (ClientData clientData, const char *src,
|
||||
int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst,
|
||||
int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
|
||||
#define Tcl_EncodingFreeProc Tcl_FreeProc
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EncodingFreeProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EventProc) (Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EventCheckProc) (void *clientData, int flags);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EventDeleteProc) (Tcl_Event *evPtr, void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EventSetupProc) (void *clientData, int flags);
|
||||
#define Tcl_ExitProc Tcl_FreeProc
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FileProc) (void *clientData, int mask);
|
||||
#define Tcl_FileFreeProc Tcl_FreeProc
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EventCheckProc) (ClientData clientData, int flags);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_EventDeleteProc) (Tcl_Event *evPtr, ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_EventSetupProc) (ClientData clientData, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ExitProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FileProc) (ClientData clientData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FileFreeProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FreeInternalRepProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FreeProc) (void *blockPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_IdleProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_InterpDeleteProc) (void *clientData,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FreeProc) (char *blockPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_IdleProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_InterpDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ObjCmdProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_MathProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
Tcl_Value *args, Tcl_Value *resultPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ObjCmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc, struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_PackageInitProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_PackageUnloadProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_PanicProc) (const char *format, ...);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_TcpAcceptProc) (void *callbackData, Tcl_Channel chan,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_TcpAcceptProc) (ClientData callbackData, Tcl_Channel chan,
|
||||
char *address, int port);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_TimerProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_TimerProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_SetFromAnyProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_UpdateStringProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
|
||||
typedef char * (Tcl_VarTraceProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef char * (Tcl_VarTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CommandTraceProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CommandTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *oldName, const char *newName, int flags);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_CreateFileHandlerProc) (int fd, int mask, Tcl_FileProc *proc,
|
||||
void *clientData);
|
||||
ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DeleteFileHandlerProc) (int fd);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_AlertNotifierProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_AlertNotifierProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ServiceModeHookProc) (int mode);
|
||||
typedef void *(Tcl_InitNotifierProc) (void);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FinalizeNotifierProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef ClientData (Tcl_InitNotifierProc) (void);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FinalizeNotifierProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_MainLoopProc) (void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -633,19 +776,19 @@ typedef union Tcl_ObjIntRep { /* The internal representation: */
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
|
||||
size_t refCount; /* When 0 the object will be freed. */
|
||||
int refCount; /* When 0 the object will be freed. */
|
||||
char *bytes; /* This points to the first byte of the
|
||||
* object's string representation. The array
|
||||
* must be followed by a null byte (i.e., at
|
||||
* offset length) but may also contain
|
||||
* embedded null characters. The array's
|
||||
* storage is allocated by Tcl_Alloc. NULL means
|
||||
* storage is allocated by ckalloc. NULL means
|
||||
* the string rep is invalid and must be
|
||||
* regenerated from the internal rep. Clients
|
||||
* should use Tcl_GetStringFromObj or
|
||||
* Tcl_GetString to get a pointer to the byte
|
||||
* array as a readonly value. */
|
||||
size_t length; /* The number of bytes at *bytes, not
|
||||
int length; /* The number of bytes at *bytes, not
|
||||
* including the terminating null. */
|
||||
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr; /* Denotes the object's type. Always
|
||||
* corresponds to the type of the object's
|
||||
@@ -657,11 +800,20 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* The following type contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. It
|
||||
* is typically allocated on the stack.
|
||||
* The following structure contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. No-one
|
||||
* outside of Tcl should access any of these fields. This structure is
|
||||
* typically allocated on the stack.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SavedResult;
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_SavedResult {
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;
|
||||
char *appendResult;
|
||||
int appendAvl;
|
||||
int appendUsed;
|
||||
char resultSpace[200+1];
|
||||
} Tcl_SavedResult;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -677,7 +829,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Namespace {
|
||||
* is an synonym. */
|
||||
char *fullName; /* The namespace's fully qualified name. This
|
||||
* starts with ::. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* Arbitrary value associated with this
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* Arbitrary value associated with this
|
||||
* namespace. */
|
||||
Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc;
|
||||
/* Function invoked when deleting the
|
||||
@@ -749,13 +901,13 @@ typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
|
||||
* Tcl_SetCmdInfo does not modify this
|
||||
* field. */
|
||||
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *objProc; /* Command's object-based function. */
|
||||
void *objClientData; /* ClientData for object proc. */
|
||||
ClientData objClientData; /* ClientData for object proc. */
|
||||
Tcl_CmdProc *proc; /* Command's string-based function. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* ClientData for string proc. */
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* ClientData for string proc. */
|
||||
Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call when command is
|
||||
* deleted. */
|
||||
void *deleteData; /* Value to pass to deleteProc (usually the
|
||||
ClientData deleteData; /* Value to pass to deleteProc (usually the
|
||||
* same as clientData). */
|
||||
Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr;/* Points to the namespace that contains this
|
||||
* command. Note that Tcl_SetCmdInfo will not
|
||||
@@ -775,9 +927,9 @@ typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
char *string; /* Points to beginning of string: either
|
||||
* staticSpace below or a malloced array. */
|
||||
size_t length; /* Number of non-NULL characters in the
|
||||
int length; /* Number of non-NULL characters in the
|
||||
* string. */
|
||||
size_t spaceAvl; /* Total number of bytes available for the
|
||||
int spaceAvl; /* Total number of bytes available for the
|
||||
* string and its terminating NULL char. */
|
||||
char staticSpace[TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE];
|
||||
/* Space to use in common case where string is
|
||||
@@ -786,11 +938,14 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
|
||||
#define Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->length)
|
||||
#define Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->string)
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
# define Tcl_DStringTrunc Tcl_DStringSetLength
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Definitions for the maximum number of digits of precision that may be
|
||||
* produced by Tcl_PrintDouble, and the number of bytes of buffer space
|
||||
* required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
|
||||
* specified in the "tcl_precision" variable, and the number of bytes of
|
||||
* buffer space required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_MAX_PREC 17
|
||||
@@ -880,6 +1035,10 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
#define TCL_TRACE_UNSETS 0x40
|
||||
#define TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED 0x80
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
#define TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED 0x100
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG 0x200
|
||||
#define TCL_TRACE_ARRAY 0x800
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_REMOVE_OBSOLETE_TRACES
|
||||
@@ -907,6 +1066,17 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_ALLOW_INLINE_COMPILATION 0x20000
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The TCL_PARSE_PART1 flag is deprecated and has no effect. The part1 is now
|
||||
* always parsed whenever the part2 is NULL. (This is to avoid a common error
|
||||
* when converting code to use the new object based APIs and forgetting to
|
||||
* give the flag)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
# define TCL_PARSE_PART1 0x400
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Types for linked variables:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -940,7 +1110,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_DString {
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_HASH_TYPE
|
||||
# define TCL_HASH_TYPE size_t
|
||||
# define TCL_HASH_TYPE unsigned
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_HashKeyType Tcl_HashKeyType;
|
||||
@@ -962,8 +1132,10 @@ struct Tcl_HashEntry {
|
||||
Tcl_HashEntry *nextPtr; /* Pointer to next entry in this hash bucket,
|
||||
* or NULL for end of chain. */
|
||||
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr; /* Pointer to table containing entry. */
|
||||
size_t hash; /* Hash value. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* Application stores something here with
|
||||
void *hash; /* Hash value, stored as pointer to ensure
|
||||
* that the offsets of the fields in this
|
||||
* structure are not changed. */
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* Application stores something here with
|
||||
* Tcl_SetHashValue. */
|
||||
union { /* Key has one of these forms: */
|
||||
char *oneWordValue; /* One-word value for key. */
|
||||
@@ -1051,16 +1223,16 @@ struct Tcl_HashTable {
|
||||
Tcl_HashEntry *staticBuckets[TCL_SMALL_HASH_TABLE];
|
||||
/* Bucket array used for small tables (to
|
||||
* avoid mallocs and frees). */
|
||||
size_t numBuckets; /* Total number of buckets allocated at
|
||||
int numBuckets; /* Total number of buckets allocated at
|
||||
* **bucketPtr. */
|
||||
size_t numEntries; /* Total number of entries present in
|
||||
int numEntries; /* Total number of entries present in
|
||||
* table. */
|
||||
size_t rebuildSize; /* Enlarge table when numEntries gets to be
|
||||
int rebuildSize; /* Enlarge table when numEntries gets to be
|
||||
* this large. */
|
||||
size_t mask; /* Mask value used in hashing function. */
|
||||
int downShift; /* Shift count used in hashing function.
|
||||
* Designed to use high-order bits of
|
||||
* randomized keys. */
|
||||
int mask; /* Mask value used in hashing function. */
|
||||
int keyType; /* Type of keys used in this table. It's
|
||||
* either TCL_CUSTOM_KEYS, TCL_STRING_KEYS,
|
||||
* TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS, or an integer giving the
|
||||
@@ -1081,7 +1253,7 @@ struct Tcl_HashTable {
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_HashSearch {
|
||||
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr; /* Table being searched. */
|
||||
size_t nextIndex; /* Index of next bucket to be enumerated after
|
||||
int nextIndex; /* Index of next bucket to be enumerated after
|
||||
* present one. */
|
||||
Tcl_HashEntry *nextEntryPtr;/* Next entry to be enumerated in the current
|
||||
* bucket. */
|
||||
@@ -1122,7 +1294,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_HashSearch {
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
void *next; /* Search position for underlying hash
|
||||
* table. */
|
||||
size_t epoch; /* Epoch marker for dictionary being searched,
|
||||
unsigned int epoch; /* Epoch marker for dictionary being searched,
|
||||
* or 0 if search has terminated. */
|
||||
Tcl_Dict dictionaryPtr; /* Reference to dictionary being searched. */
|
||||
} Tcl_DictSearch;
|
||||
@@ -1181,15 +1353,15 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Time {
|
||||
long usec; /* Microseconds. */
|
||||
} Tcl_Time;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_SetTimerProc) (const Tcl_Time *timePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_WaitForEventProc) (const Tcl_Time *timePtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_SetTimerProc) (CONST86 Tcl_Time *timePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_WaitForEventProc) (CONST86 Tcl_Time *timePtr);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TIP #233 (Virtualized Time)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_GetTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ScaleTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_GetTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_ScaleTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, ClientData clientData);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -1225,12 +1397,18 @@ typedef void (Tcl_ScaleTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, void *clientData);
|
||||
* interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_CLOSE2PROC NULL
|
||||
#define TCL_CLOSE2PROC ((Tcl_DriverCloseProc *) 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Channel version tag. This was introduced in 8.3.2/8.4.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_1 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x1)
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x2)
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x3)
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x4)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5 ((Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion) 0x5)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1244,38 +1422,40 @@ typedef void (Tcl_ScaleTimeProc) (Tcl_Time *timebuf, void *clientData);
|
||||
* Typedefs for the various operations in a channel type:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc) (void *instanceData, int mode);
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_DriverCloseProc;
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverClose2Proc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc) (ClientData instanceData, int mode);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverCloseProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverClose2Proc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverInputProc) (void *instanceData, char *buf,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverInputProc) (ClientData instanceData, char *buf,
|
||||
int toRead, int *errorCodePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverOutputProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverOutputProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
const char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCodePtr);
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_DriverSeekProc;
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverSeekProc) (ClientData instanceData, long offset,
|
||||
int mode, int *errorCodePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
|
||||
const char *value);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
|
||||
Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DriverWatchProc) (void *instanceData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
int direction, void **handlePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverFlushProc) (void *instanceData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverHandlerProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DriverWatchProc) (ClientData instanceData, int mask);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
int direction, ClientData *handlePtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverFlushProc) (ClientData instanceData);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverHandlerProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
int interestMask);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt (Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt (Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt offset, int mode, int *errorCodePtr);
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TIP #218, Channel Thread Actions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
int action);
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TIP #208, File Truncation (etc.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverTruncateProc) (void *instanceData,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_DriverTruncateProc) (ClientData instanceData,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt length);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1295,14 +1475,17 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
* type. */
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion version;
|
||||
/* Version of the channel type. */
|
||||
void *closeProc;
|
||||
/* Not used any more. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *closeProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to close the channel, or
|
||||
* NULL or TCL_CLOSE2PROC if the close2Proc should be
|
||||
* used instead. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *inputProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call for input on channel. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *outputProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call for output on channel. */
|
||||
void *seekProc;
|
||||
/* Not used any more. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *seekProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to seek on the channel.
|
||||
* May be NULL. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *setOptionProc;
|
||||
/* Set an option on a channel. */
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *getOptionProc;
|
||||
@@ -1320,6 +1503,9 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *blockModeProc;
|
||||
/* Set blocking mode for the raw channel. May
|
||||
* be NULL. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Only valid in TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2 channels or later.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverFlushProc *flushProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to flush a channel. May be
|
||||
* NULL. */
|
||||
@@ -1327,15 +1513,26 @@ typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
/* Function to call to handle a channel event.
|
||||
* This will be passed up the stacked channel
|
||||
* chain. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Only valid in TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3 channels or later.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *wideSeekProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to seek on the channel
|
||||
* which can handle 64-bit offsets. May be
|
||||
* NULL, and must be NULL if seekProc is
|
||||
* NULL. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Only valid in TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4 channels or later.
|
||||
* TIP #218, Channel Thread Actions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc *threadActionProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to notify the driver of
|
||||
* thread specific activity for a channel. May
|
||||
* be NULL. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Only valid in TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5 channels or later.
|
||||
* TIP #208, File Truncation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *truncateProc;
|
||||
/* Function to call to truncate the underlying
|
||||
* file to a particular length. May be NULL if
|
||||
@@ -1431,7 +1628,7 @@ typedef int (Tcl_FSNormalizePathProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
int nextCheckpoint);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_FSFileAttrsGetProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int index,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef);
|
||||
typedef const char *const * (Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
typedef const char *CONST86 * (Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_FSFileAttrsSetProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int index,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
|
||||
@@ -1440,13 +1637,13 @@ typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSLinkProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_Obj *toPtr,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_FSLoadFileProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr, Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc **unloadProcPtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
|
||||
void **clientDataPtr);
|
||||
ClientData *clientDataPtr);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSFilesystemPathTypeProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSFilesystemSeparatorProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
|
||||
#define Tcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc Tcl_FreeProc
|
||||
typedef void *(Tcl_FSDupInternalRepProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void *(Tcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef ClientData (Tcl_FSDupInternalRepProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef Tcl_Obj * (Tcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
typedef ClientData (Tcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_FSVersion_ *Tcl_FSVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1476,7 +1673,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_FSVersion_ *Tcl_FSVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Filesystem {
|
||||
const char *typeName; /* The name of the filesystem. */
|
||||
size_t structureLength; /* Length of this structure, so future binary
|
||||
int structureLength; /* Length of this structure, so future binary
|
||||
* compatibility can be assured. */
|
||||
Tcl_FSVersion version; /* Version of the filesystem type. */
|
||||
Tcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc *pathInFilesystemProc;
|
||||
@@ -1638,8 +1835,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Token {
|
||||
int type; /* Type of token, such as TCL_TOKEN_WORD; see
|
||||
* below for valid types. */
|
||||
const char *start; /* First character in token. */
|
||||
size_t size; /* Number of bytes in token. */
|
||||
size_t numComponents; /* If this token is composed of other tokens,
|
||||
int size; /* Number of bytes in token. */
|
||||
int numComponents; /* If this token is composed of other tokens,
|
||||
* this field tells how many of them there are
|
||||
* (including components of components, etc.).
|
||||
* The component tokens immediately follow
|
||||
@@ -1705,7 +1902,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Token {
|
||||
* TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR - The token describes one expression operator.
|
||||
* An operator might be the name of a math
|
||||
* function such as "abs". A TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR
|
||||
* token is always preceeded by one
|
||||
* token is always preceded by one
|
||||
* TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token for the operator's
|
||||
* subexpression, and is followed by zero or more
|
||||
* TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR tokens for the operator's
|
||||
@@ -1753,7 +1950,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Token {
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Parse {
|
||||
const char *commentStart; /* Pointer to # that begins the first of one
|
||||
* or more comments preceding the command. */
|
||||
size_t commentSize; /* Number of bytes in comments (up through
|
||||
int commentSize; /* Number of bytes in comments (up through
|
||||
* newline character that terminates the last
|
||||
* comment). If there were no comments, this
|
||||
* field is 0. */
|
||||
@@ -1821,10 +2018,10 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *fromUtfProc;
|
||||
/* Function to convert from UTF-8 into
|
||||
* external encoding. */
|
||||
Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
|
||||
Tcl_EncodingFreeProc *freeProc;
|
||||
/* If non-NULL, function to call when this
|
||||
* encoding is deleted. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* Arbitrary value associated with encoding
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* Arbitrary value associated with encoding
|
||||
* type. Passed to conversion functions. */
|
||||
int nullSize; /* Number of zero bytes that signify
|
||||
* end-of-string in this encoding. This number
|
||||
@@ -1919,14 +2116,14 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The maximum number of bytes that are necessary to represent a single
|
||||
* Unicode character in UTF-8. The valid values are 3 and 4
|
||||
* (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If > 3,
|
||||
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 4-bytes in size (UCS-4) (the default). If == 3,
|
||||
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UTF-16). Since Tcl 9.0, UCS-4
|
||||
* mode is the default and recommended mode.
|
||||
* (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If 3,
|
||||
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UTF-16) (the default). If > 3,
|
||||
* then Tcl_UniChar must be 4-bytes in size (UCS-4). At this time UTF-16 mode
|
||||
* is the default and recommended mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_UTF_MAX
|
||||
#define TCL_UTF_MAX 4
|
||||
#define TCL_UTF_MAX 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1972,8 +2169,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Config {
|
||||
* command- or time-limit is exceeded by an interpreter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_LimitHandlerProc) (void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc) (void *clientData);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_LimitHandlerProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
typedef void (Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2011,7 +2208,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
* depends on type.*/
|
||||
const char *helpStr; /* Documentation message describing this
|
||||
* option. */
|
||||
void *clientData; /* Word to pass to function callbacks. */
|
||||
ClientData clientData; /* Word to pass to function callbacks. */
|
||||
} Tcl_ArgvInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2034,9 +2231,9 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||
* argument types:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ArgvFuncProc)(void *clientData, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ArgvFuncProc)(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
|
||||
void *dstPtr);
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ArgvGenFuncProc)(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_ArgvGenFuncProc)(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, void *dstPtr);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2109,19 +2306,19 @@ typedef int (Tcl_ArgvGenFuncProc)(void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
#define TCL_TCPSERVER_REUSEPORT (1<<1)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Constants for special size_t-typed values, see TIP #494
|
||||
* Constants for special int-typed values, see TIP #494
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_IO_FAILURE ((size_t)-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH ((size_t)-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_INDEX_NONE ((size_t)-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_IO_FAILURE (-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_AUTO_LENGTH (-1)
|
||||
#define TCL_INDEX_NONE (-1)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Single public declaration for NRE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (void *data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
int result);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2130,7 +2327,7 @@ typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (void *data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
* stubs tables.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define TCL_STUB_MAGIC ((int) 0xFCA3BACB + (int) sizeof(void *))
|
||||
#define TCL_STUB_MAGIC ((int) 0xFCA3BACF)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following function is required to be defined in all stubs aware
|
||||
@@ -2144,9 +2341,9 @@ const char * Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
|
||||
const char * TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *version, int epoch, int revision);
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
TCL_NORETURN1 void Tcl_ConsolePanic(const char *format, ...);
|
||||
TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_ConsolePanic(const char *format, ...);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define Tcl_ConsolePanic NULL
|
||||
# define Tcl_ConsolePanic ((Tcl_PanicProc *)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
|
||||
@@ -2180,20 +2377,12 @@ const char * TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
|
||||
#define Tcl_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tcl_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
|
||||
((Tcl_SetPanicProc(Tcl_ConsolePanic), Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
|
||||
EXTERN TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
|
||||
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
|
||||
EXTERN const char * Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *version, int exact);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_InitSubsystems(void);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_FindExecutable(const char *argv0);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_SetPanicProc(
|
||||
TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc);
|
||||
EXTERN void Tcl_StaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||||
const char *pkgName,
|
||||
Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc,
|
||||
Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc);
|
||||
EXTERN Tcl_ExitProc *Tcl_SetExitProc(TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *proc);
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, wchar_t ***argv);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
@@ -2223,26 +2412,25 @@ EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* The following declarations map ckalloc and ckfree to Tcl_Alloc and
|
||||
* Tcl_Free for use in Tcl-8.x-compatible extensions.
|
||||
* The following declarations either map ckalloc and ckfree to malloc and
|
||||
* free, or they map them to functions with all sorts of debugging hooks
|
||||
* defined in tclCkalloc.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BUILD_tcl
|
||||
# define ckalloc Tcl_Alloc
|
||||
# define attemptckalloc Tcl_AttemptAlloc
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
/* Silence invalid C4090 warnings */
|
||||
# define ckfree(a) Tcl_Free((char *)(a))
|
||||
# define ckrealloc(a,b) Tcl_Realloc((char *)(a),(b))
|
||||
# define attemptckrealloc(a,b) Tcl_AttemptRealloc((char *)(a),(b))
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define ckfree Tcl_Free
|
||||
# define ckrealloc Tcl_Realloc
|
||||
# define attemptckrealloc Tcl_AttemptRealloc
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
# define ckalloc(x) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_DbCkalloc((unsigned)(x), __FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
# define ckfree(x) \
|
||||
Tcl_DbCkfree((char *)(x), __FILE__, __LINE__)
|
||||
# define ckrealloc(x,y) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_DbCkrealloc((char *)(x), (unsigned)(y), __FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
# define attemptckalloc(x) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_AttemptDbCkalloc((unsigned)(x), __FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
# define attemptckrealloc(x,y) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_AttemptDbCkrealloc((char *)(x), (unsigned)(y), __FILE__, __LINE__))
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* !TCL_MEM_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If we are not using the debugging allocator, we should call the Tcl_Alloc,
|
||||
@@ -2250,6 +2438,16 @@ EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
|
||||
* memory allocator both inside and outside of the Tcl library.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# define ckalloc(x) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_Alloc((unsigned)(x)))
|
||||
# define ckfree(x) \
|
||||
Tcl_Free((char *)(x))
|
||||
# define ckrealloc(x,y) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_Realloc((char *)(x), (unsigned)(y)))
|
||||
# define attemptckalloc(x) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_AttemptAlloc((unsigned)(x)))
|
||||
# define attemptckrealloc(x,y) \
|
||||
((void *) Tcl_AttemptRealloc((char *)(x), (unsigned)(y)))
|
||||
# undef Tcl_InitMemory
|
||||
# define Tcl_InitMemory(x)
|
||||
# undef Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
|
||||
@@ -2329,7 +2527,7 @@ EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define Tcl_GetHashValue(h) ((h)->clientData)
|
||||
#define Tcl_SetHashValue(h, value) ((h)->clientData = (void *) (value))
|
||||
#define Tcl_SetHashValue(h, value) ((h)->clientData = (ClientData) (value))
|
||||
#define Tcl_GetHashKey(tablePtr, h) \
|
||||
((void *) (((tablePtr)->keyType == TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS || \
|
||||
(tablePtr)->keyType == TCL_CUSTOM_PTR_KEYS) \
|
||||
@@ -2341,11 +2539,45 @@ EXTERN int TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
|
||||
* hash tables:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#undef Tcl_FindHashEntry
|
||||
#define Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, key) \
|
||||
(*((tablePtr)->findProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key))
|
||||
#undef Tcl_CreateHashEntry
|
||||
#define Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, key, newPtr) \
|
||||
(*((tablePtr)->createProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key), newPtr)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Deprecated Tcl functions:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* These function have been renamed. The old names are deprecated, but we
|
||||
* define these macros for backwards compatibility.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
# define Tcl_Ckalloc Tcl_Alloc
|
||||
# define Tcl_Ckfree Tcl_Free
|
||||
# define Tcl_Ckrealloc Tcl_Realloc
|
||||
# define Tcl_Return Tcl_SetResult
|
||||
# define Tcl_TildeSubst Tcl_TranslateFileName
|
||||
#if !defined(__APPLE__) /* On OSX, there is a conflict with "mach/mach.h" */
|
||||
# define panic Tcl_Panic
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
# define panicVA Tcl_PanicVA
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Convenience declaration of Tcl_AppInit for backwards compatibility. This
|
||||
* function is not *implemented* by the tcl library, so the storage class is
|
||||
* neither DLLEXPORT nor DLLIMPORT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern Tcl_AppInitProc Tcl_AppInit;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* RC_INVOKED */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
+10
-11
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@ TclFinalizeAllocSubsystem(void)
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
TclpAlloc(
|
||||
size_t numBytes) /* Number of bytes to allocate. */
|
||||
unsigned int numBytes) /* Number of bytes to allocate. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
union overhead *overPtr;
|
||||
size_t bucket;
|
||||
size_t amount;
|
||||
unsigned amount;
|
||||
struct block *bigBlockPtr = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!allocInit) {
|
||||
@@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ TclpAlloc(
|
||||
|
||||
if (numBytes >= MAXMALLOC - OVERHEAD) {
|
||||
if (numBytes <= UINT_MAX - OVERHEAD -sizeof(struct block)) {
|
||||
bigBlockPtr = TclpSysAlloc(
|
||||
sizeof(struct block) + OVERHEAD + numBytes);
|
||||
bigBlockPtr = (struct block *) TclpSysAlloc(
|
||||
sizeof(struct block) + OVERHEAD + numBytes, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (bigBlockPtr == NULL) {
|
||||
Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
|
||||
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ TclpAlloc(
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
|
||||
return (void *)(overPtr+1);
|
||||
return (char *)(overPtr+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -405,7 +405,8 @@ MoreCore(
|
||||
numBlocks = amount / size;
|
||||
ASSERT(numBlocks*size == amount);
|
||||
|
||||
blockPtr = TclpSysAlloc(sizeof(struct block) + amount);
|
||||
blockPtr = (struct block *) TclpSysAlloc(
|
||||
(sizeof(struct block) + amount), 1);
|
||||
/* no more room! */
|
||||
if (blockPtr == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
@@ -511,7 +512,7 @@ TclpFree(
|
||||
void *
|
||||
TclpRealloc(
|
||||
void *oldPtr, /* Pointer to alloced block. */
|
||||
size_t numBytes) /* New size of memory. */
|
||||
unsigned int numBytes) /* New size of memory. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
union overhead *overPtr;
|
||||
@@ -691,10 +692,9 @@ mstats(
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#undef TclpAlloc
|
||||
void *
|
||||
TclpAlloc(
|
||||
size_t numBytes) /* Number of bytes to allocate. */
|
||||
unsigned int numBytes) /* Number of bytes to allocate. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
return malloc(numBytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -715,7 +715,6 @@ TclpAlloc(
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#undef TclpFree
|
||||
void
|
||||
TclpFree(
|
||||
void *oldPtr) /* Pointer to memory to free. */
|
||||
@@ -743,7 +742,7 @@ TclpFree(
|
||||
void *
|
||||
TclpRealloc(
|
||||
void *oldPtr, /* Pointer to alloced block. */
|
||||
size_t numBytes) /* New size of memory. */
|
||||
unsigned int numBytes) /* New size of memory. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
return realloc(oldPtr, numBytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+22
-20
@@ -409,6 +409,7 @@ static const TalInstDesc TalInstructionTable[] = {
|
||||
{"jumpTrue", ASSEM_JUMP, INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 1, 0},
|
||||
{"jumpTrue4", ASSEM_JUMP4, INST_JUMP_TRUE4, 1, 0},
|
||||
{"label", ASSEM_LABEL, 0, 0, 0},
|
||||
{"land", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LAND, 2, 1},
|
||||
{"lappend", ASSEM_LVT, (INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1<<8
|
||||
| INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4),
|
||||
1, 1},
|
||||
@@ -436,6 +437,7 @@ static const TalInstDesc TalInstructionTable[] = {
|
||||
| INST_LOAD_ARRAY4), 1, 1},
|
||||
{"loadArrayStk", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK, 2, 1},
|
||||
{"loadStk", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LOAD_STK, 1, 1},
|
||||
{"lor", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LOR, 2, 1},
|
||||
{"lsetFlat", ASSEM_LSET_FLAT,INST_LSET_FLAT, INT_MIN,1},
|
||||
{"lsetList", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LSET_LIST, 3, 1},
|
||||
{"lshift", ASSEM_1BYTE, INST_LSHIFT, 2, 1},
|
||||
@@ -856,7 +858,7 @@ CompileAssembleObj(
|
||||
* names in the bytecode resolve */
|
||||
int status; /* Status return from Tcl_AssembleCode */
|
||||
const char* source; /* String representation of the source code */
|
||||
size_t sourceLen; /* Length of the source code in bytes */
|
||||
int sourceLen; /* Length of the source code in bytes */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get the expression ByteCode from the object. If it exists, make sure it
|
||||
@@ -988,7 +990,7 @@ TclCompileAssembleCmd(
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||||
"\n (\"%.*s\" body, line %d)",
|
||||
(int)parsePtr->tokenPtr->size, parsePtr->tokenPtr->start,
|
||||
parsePtr->tokenPtr->size, parsePtr->tokenPtr->start,
|
||||
Tcl_GetErrorLine(interp)));
|
||||
envPtr->numCommands = numCommands;
|
||||
envPtr->codeNext = envPtr->codeStart + offset;
|
||||
@@ -1075,7 +1077,7 @@ TclAssembleCode(
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (parsePtr->numWords > 0) {
|
||||
size_t instLen = parsePtr->commandSize;
|
||||
int instLen = parsePtr->commandSize;
|
||||
/* Length in bytes of the current command */
|
||||
|
||||
if (parsePtr->term == parsePtr->commandStart + instLen - 1) {
|
||||
@@ -1088,8 +1090,8 @@ TclAssembleCode(
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
|
||||
if ((tclTraceCompile >= 2) && (envPtr->procPtr == NULL)) {
|
||||
printf(" %4" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d Assembling: ",
|
||||
envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart);
|
||||
printf(" %4ld Assembling: ",
|
||||
(long)(envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart));
|
||||
TclPrintSource(stdout, parsePtr->commandStart,
|
||||
TclMin(instLen, 55));
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
@@ -1215,14 +1217,14 @@ FreeAssemblyEnv(
|
||||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(thisBB->jumpTarget);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (thisBB->foreignExceptions != NULL) {
|
||||
Tcl_Free(thisBB->foreignExceptions);
|
||||
ckfree(thisBB->foreignExceptions);
|
||||
}
|
||||
nextBB = thisBB->successor1;
|
||||
if (thisBB->jtPtr != NULL) {
|
||||
DeleteMirrorJumpTable(thisBB->jtPtr);
|
||||
thisBB->jtPtr = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_Free(thisBB);
|
||||
ckfree(thisBB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -1268,7 +1270,7 @@ AssembleOneLine(
|
||||
Tcl_Obj* operand1Obj = NULL;
|
||||
/* First operand to the instruction */
|
||||
const char* operand1; /* String rep of the operand */
|
||||
size_t operand1Len; /* String length of the operand */
|
||||
int operand1Len; /* String length of the operand */
|
||||
int opnd; /* Integer representation of an operand */
|
||||
int litIndex; /* Literal pool index of a constant */
|
||||
int localVar; /* LVT index of a local variable */
|
||||
@@ -1541,7 +1543,7 @@ AssembleOneLine(
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
|
||||
jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_InitHashTable(&jtPtr->hashTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
||||
assemEnvPtr->curr_bb->jumpLine = assemEnvPtr->cmdLine;
|
||||
@@ -1935,7 +1937,7 @@ MoveExceptionRangesToBasicBlock(
|
||||
curr_bb->foreignExceptionBase = savedExceptArrayNext;
|
||||
curr_bb->foreignExceptionCount = exceptionCount;
|
||||
curr_bb->foreignExceptions =
|
||||
(ExceptionRange*)Tcl_Alloc(exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
|
||||
(ExceptionRange*)ckalloc(exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
|
||||
memcpy(curr_bb->foreignExceptions,
|
||||
envPtr->exceptArrayPtr + savedExceptArrayNext,
|
||||
exceptionCount * sizeof(ExceptionRange));
|
||||
@@ -2000,7 +2002,7 @@ CreateMirrorJumpTable(
|
||||
* Allocate the jumptable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
|
||||
jtPtr = (JumptableInfo*)ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo));
|
||||
jtHashPtr = &jtPtr->hashTable;
|
||||
Tcl_InitHashTable(jtHashPtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2065,7 +2067,7 @@ DeleteMirrorJumpTable(
|
||||
Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(jtHashPtr);
|
||||
Tcl_Free(jtPtr);
|
||||
ckfree(jtPtr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -2309,7 +2311,7 @@ FindLocalVar(
|
||||
* source code. */
|
||||
Tcl_Obj* varNameObj; /* Name of the variable */
|
||||
const char* varNameStr;
|
||||
size_t varNameLen;
|
||||
int varNameLen;
|
||||
int localVar; /* Index of the variable in the LVT */
|
||||
|
||||
if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &varNameObj) != TCL_OK) {
|
||||
@@ -2649,7 +2651,7 @@ AllocBB(
|
||||
AssemblyEnv* assemEnvPtr) /* Assembly environment */
|
||||
{
|
||||
CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
|
||||
BasicBlock *bb = (BasicBlock*)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(BasicBlock));
|
||||
BasicBlock *bb = (BasicBlock*)ckalloc(sizeof(BasicBlock));
|
||||
|
||||
bb->originalStartOffset =
|
||||
bb->startOffset = envPtr->codeNext - envPtr->codeStart;
|
||||
@@ -2911,7 +2913,7 @@ CheckJumpTableLabels(
|
||||
valEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&assemEnvPtr->labelHash,
|
||||
TclGetString(symbolObj));
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINT(" %s -> %s (%d)\n",
|
||||
(char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
|
||||
(char*) Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
|
||||
TclGetString(symbolObj), (valEntryPtr != NULL));
|
||||
if (valEntryPtr == NULL) {
|
||||
ReportUndefinedLabel(assemEnvPtr, bbPtr, symbolObj);
|
||||
@@ -3116,7 +3118,7 @@ ResolveJumpTableTargets(
|
||||
realJumpEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(realJumpHashPtr,
|
||||
Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr), &junk);
|
||||
DEBUG_PRINT(" %s -> %s -> bb %p (pc %d) hash entry %p\n",
|
||||
(char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
|
||||
(char*) Tcl_GetHashKey(symHash, symEntryPtr),
|
||||
TclGetString(symbolObj), jumpTargetBBPtr,
|
||||
jumpTargetBBPtr->startOffset, realJumpEntryPtr);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3927,8 +3929,8 @@ BuildExceptionRanges(
|
||||
* Allocate memory for a stack of active catches.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
catches = (BasicBlock**)Tcl_Alloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(BasicBlock*));
|
||||
catchIndices = (int *)Tcl_Alloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(int));
|
||||
catches = (BasicBlock**)ckalloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(BasicBlock*));
|
||||
catchIndices = (int *)ckalloc(maxCatchDepth * sizeof(int));
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < maxCatchDepth; ++i) {
|
||||
catches[i] = NULL;
|
||||
catchIndices[i] = -1;
|
||||
@@ -3967,8 +3969,8 @@ BuildExceptionRanges(
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free temp storage */
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl_Free(catchIndices);
|
||||
Tcl_Free(catches);
|
||||
ckfree(catchIndices);
|
||||
ckfree(catches);
|
||||
|
||||
return TCL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Tcl_AsyncCreate(
|
||||
AsyncHandler *asyncPtr;
|
||||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&dataKey);
|
||||
|
||||
asyncPtr = (AsyncHandler*)Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(AsyncHandler));
|
||||
asyncPtr = (AsyncHandler*)ckalloc(sizeof(AsyncHandler));
|
||||
asyncPtr->ready = 0;
|
||||
asyncPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
|
||||
asyncPtr->proc = proc;
|
||||
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Tcl_AsyncDelete(
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&tsdPtr->asyncMutex);
|
||||
Tcl_Free(asyncPtr);
|
||||
ckfree(asyncPtr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
+884
-129
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user